CA2469301A1 - Functionalized materials and libraries thereof - Google Patents
Functionalized materials and libraries thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2469301A1 CA2469301A1 CA002469301A CA2469301A CA2469301A1 CA 2469301 A1 CA2469301 A1 CA 2469301A1 CA 002469301 A CA002469301 A CA 002469301A CA 2469301 A CA2469301 A CA 2469301A CA 2469301 A1 CA2469301 A1 CA 2469301A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- functional groups
- domains
- polymer brushes
- targets
- cells
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 305
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 257
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 172
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 155
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 127
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 claims description 93
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 79
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 74
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 61
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 59
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 58
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 54
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 29
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 29
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 29
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 29
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 24
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 24
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 23
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000000909 electrodialysis Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 18
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 14
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 claims description 14
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000010559 graft polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 claims 3
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 claims 3
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 abstract description 54
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 abstract description 9
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 47
- -1 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 42
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 33
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 31
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 31
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 25
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 23
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 18
- VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycidyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1CO1 VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 17
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 16
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 16
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000004125 X-ray microanalysis Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 14
- WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyethyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCO WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000005341 cation exchange Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N Progesterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 12
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 10
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 10
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 9
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000008204 material by function Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 9
- 102100026735 Coagulation factor VIII Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 101000911390 Homo sapiens Coagulation factor VIII Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229960005309 estradiol Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC1=CC=CC=C1 KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229940073608 benzyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002657 fibrous material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 7
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 6
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 6
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 229920006262 high density polyethylene film Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000012634 optical imaging Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000186 progesterone Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960003387 progesterone Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 5
- 102100025064 Cellular tumor antigen p53 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010059892 Cellulase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101000721661 Homo sapiens Cellular tumor antigen p53 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229920001131 Pulp (paper) Polymers 0.000 description 5
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108090000637 alpha-Amylases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229940106157 cellulase Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004209 hair Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229920001903 high density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010004433 Benign ovarian tumour Diseases 0.000 description 4
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical group O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101710154606 Hemagglutinin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- 101710093908 Outer capsid protein VP4 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710135467 Outer capsid protein sigma-1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710176177 Protein A56 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003011 anion exchange membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 239000000185 hemagglutinin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012510 hollow fiber Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000010985 leather Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000004088 microvessel Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000008016 ovarian benign neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005956 quaternization reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229920002818 (Hydroxyethyl)methacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- BEWCNXNIQCLWHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(tert-butylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCNC(C)(C)C BEWCNXNIQCLWHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710130006 Beta-glucanase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 3
- 102220566469 GDNF family receptor alpha-1_S65T_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100034256 Mucin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010006232 Neuraminidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005348 Neuraminidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100024616 Platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100036011 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000004139 alpha-Amylases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229940024171 alpha-amylase Drugs 0.000 description 3
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-N-Acetyl-D-neuraminic acid Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)OC1C(O)C(O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 3
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003118 histopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000021251 pulses Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012488 sample solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004626 scanning electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001302 tertiary amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002397 thermoplastic olefin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yldiazenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMNIXWIUMCBBBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-phenylpropan-2-ylperoxy)propan-2-ylbenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XMNIXWIUMCBBBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- INQDDHNZXOAFFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-prop-2-enoyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC(=O)C=C INQDDHNZXOAFFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRDXTHSSNCTAGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyclohexylpyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1C1CCCCC1 KRDXTHSSNCTAGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JJRDRFZYKKFYMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-2-(2-methylbutan-2-ylperoxy)butane Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)CC JJRDRFZYKKFYMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KUDUQBURMYMBIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-prop-2-enoyloxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOC(=O)C=C KUDUQBURMYMBIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004382 Amylase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010065511 Amylases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000013142 Amylases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002498 Beta-glucan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102100035882 Catalase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010053835 Catalase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000317 Chymotrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-OH-Asp Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102220566688 GDNF family receptor alpha-1_F64M_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 2
- 101001133056 Homo sapiens Mucin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Aspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101100346932 Mus musculus Muc1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010059820 Polygalacturonase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710194807 Protective antigen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002727 Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical group [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000004833 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006397 acrylic thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019418 amylase Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003418 antiprogestin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005261 aspartic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004630 atomic force microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920005601 base polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- XFOZBWSTIQRFQW-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyl-dimethyl-prop-2-enylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=CC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XFOZBWSTIQRFQW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002376 chymotrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002742 combinatorial mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004624 confocal microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002726 cyst fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-tert-butyl peroxide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003411 electrode reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010093305 exopolygalacturonase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000015203 fruit juice Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011389 fruit/vegetable juice Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000001822 immobilized cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003010 ionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002074 melt spinning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007918 pathogenicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005502 peroxidation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000864 peroxy group Chemical group O(O*)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002338 polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003623 progesteronic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108020000494 protein-tyrosine phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000004929 pyrrolidonyl group Chemical group N1(C(CCC1)=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 108091008600 receptor tyrosine phosphatases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004153 renaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001004 secondary ion mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N sialic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@](O)(C(O)=O)OC1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004756 silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- MNCGMVDMOKPCSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-phenylethenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MNCGMVDMOKPCSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005728 strengthening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001174 sulfone group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C=C ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIHOLLKRGTVIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert‐butyl hydroperoxide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OO CIHOLLKRGTVIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 2
- HGTUJZTUQFXBIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,3-dimethyl-3-phenylbutan-2-yl)benzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C)(C)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 HGTUJZTUQFXBIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCXVPNKIBYLBIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxy 3,5,5-trimethylhexaneperoxoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)CC(=O)OOOC(C)(C)C HCXVPNKIBYLBIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQJUBZMZVKITBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3,4-dimethyl-4-phenylhexan-3-yl)benzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C)(CC)C(C)(CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQJUBZMZVKITBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYTZZXDRDKSJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-aminopropyl)triethoxysilane Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)CCCN WYTZZXDRDKSJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIPYNJLMMFGZSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N (5-benzoylperoxy-2,5-dimethylhexan-2-yl) benzenecarboperoxoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CCC(C)(C)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIPYNJLMMFGZSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Divinylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SFUDBXKBPOKIIW-ARJAWSKDSA-N 1-o-ethyl 4-o-(oxiran-2-ylmethyl) (z)-but-2-enedioate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C/C(=O)OCC1CO1 SFUDBXKBPOKIIW-ARJAWSKDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHBHBVVOGNECLV-OBQKJFGGSA-N 11-deoxycortisol Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 WHBHBVVOGNECLV-OBQKJFGGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQOVXPHOJANJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-bis(tert-butylperoxy)butane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(CC)OOC(C)(C)C HQOVXPHOJANJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODBCKCWTWALFKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-2,5-dimethylhex-3-yne Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C#CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C ODBCKCWTWALFKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJIXRGNQPBQWMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(diethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C SJIXRGNQPBQWMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHVBLSNVXDSMEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(diethylamino)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C=C QHVBLSNVXDSMEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CN(C)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPBJAVGHACCNRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CN(C)CCOC(=O)C=C DPBJAVGHACCNRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZGMQAMKOBOIDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCO MZGMQAMKOBOIDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URDCARMUOSMFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OCCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O URDCARMUOSMFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-GASJEMHNSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-galactopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-CBPJZXOFSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-mannopyranose Chemical compound N[C@@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-CBPJZXOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYUNTGBISCIYPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloroprop-2-enenitrile Chemical compound ClC(=C)C#N OYUNTGBISCIYPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKNASXZDGZNEDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyanoethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCC#N VKNASXZDGZNEDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEPWOCLBLLCOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyanoethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCC#N AEPWOCLBLLCOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMIGHNLMNHATMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)C=C OMIGHNLMNHATMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFSCGDQQLKVJEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbutan-2-yl benzenecarboperoxoate Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RFSCGDQQLKVJEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FCYVWWWTHPPJII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylidenepropanedinitrile Chemical compound N#CC(=C)C#N FCYVWWWTHPPJII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGBXYHCHUYARJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 AGBXYHCHUYARJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRIQYQXNFSXNGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3,6,6,9,9-hexamethyl-1,2,4,5-tetraoxonane Chemical compound CC1(C)CCC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)OO1 QRIQYQXNFSXNGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYFRHHAYSXIKGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(5-methoxy-2-methoxycarbonyl-1h-indol-3-yl)prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C=C2C(C=CC(O)=O)=C(C(=O)OC)NC2=C1 XYFRHHAYSXIKGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRFCYRPQMACVTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxycarbonyl)pent-3-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(=CC)C(=O)OCC1CO1 ZRFCYRPQMACVTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QZPSOSOOLFHYRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound OCCCOC(=O)C=C QZPSOSOOLFHYRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDXQWYKOKYUQDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione Chemical class OC1CC(=O)NC1=O JDXQWYKOKYUQDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNPOQXWAMXPTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbut-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(C)=CC(N)=O WHNPOQXWAMXPTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBCAQXHNJOFNGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-1,1,1-trifluorobutane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)CCCBr DBCAQXHNJOFNGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWAPMFBHEQZLGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methylidenepentanamide Chemical compound CN(C)CCCC(=C)C(N)=O ZWAPMFBHEQZLGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000035037 5-HT3 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005477 5-HT3 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ULGJWNIHLSLQPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-[(6,8-dichloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridin-9-yl)amino]-n-[2-(1h-indol-3-yl)ethyl]heptanamide Chemical compound C1CCCC2=NC3=CC(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C3C(NCCCCCCC(=O)NCCC=3C4=CC=CC=C4NC=3)=C21 ULGJWNIHLSLQPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003678 AMPA Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000078 AMPA Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000872 ATM Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000004483 ATR-FTIR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700023418 Amidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015404 Amino Acid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050008874 Annexin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000412 Annexin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010032595 Antibody Binding Sites Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004452 Arginase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700024123 Arginases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700016171 Aspartate ammonia-lyases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010004586 Ataxia Telangiectasia Mutated Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000010839 B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 240000008564 Boehmeria nivea Species 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010006032 Borderline ovarian tumour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100037676 CCAAT/enhancer-binding protein zeta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100522278 Caenorhabditis elegans ptp-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282836 Camelus dromedarius Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000025254 Cannabis sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000012766 Cannabis sativa ssp. sativa var. sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012765 Cannabis sativa ssp. sativa var. spontanea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001432959 Chernes Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002567 Chondroitin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-OUBTZVSYSA-N Cobalt-60 Chemical compound [60Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000938605 Crocodylia Species 0.000 description 1
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000223211 Curvularia lunata Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100026398 Cyclic AMP-responsive element-binding protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N D-Cellobiose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091008102 DNA aptamers Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007064 DNA hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012270 DNA recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033616 DNA repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000052510 DNA-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020911 DNA-Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016911 Deoxyribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053770 Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100036238 Dihydropyrimidinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100021838 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase SIAH1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710121765 Endo-1,4-beta-xylanase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010059378 Endopeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005593 Endopeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000181 Ethylene propylene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe3+ Chemical compound [Fe+3] VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010036781 Fumarate Hydratase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036160 Fumarate hydratase, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102220566687 GDNF family receptor alpha-1_F64L_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220566456 GDNF family receptor alpha-1_Q69L_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220566468 GDNF family receptor alpha-1_S65G_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220566451 GDNF family receptor alpha-1_Y66H_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000018898 GTPase-Activating Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006094 GTPase-accelerating proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010073178 Glucan 1,4-alpha-Glucosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022624 Glucoamylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000011714 Glycine Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076533 Glycine Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009465 Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009202 Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010010369 HIV Protease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000039 Heat Shock Transcription Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050008339 Heat Shock Transcription Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031573 Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000009331 Homeodomain Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010048671 Homeodomain Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000855520 Homo sapiens Cyclic AMP-responsive element-binding protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000616722 Homo sapiens E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase SIAH1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777663 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000878605 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin epsilon Fc receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001126417 Homo sapiens Platelet-derived growth factor receptor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000781950 Homo sapiens Protein Wnt-16 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000738771 Homo sapiens Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000694802 Homo sapiens Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase T Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001059454 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase MARK2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001001648 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase pim-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000909637 Homo sapiens Transcription factor COE1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000666382 Homo sapiens Transcription factor E2-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004157 Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000604 Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026120 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710177940 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100037850 Interferon gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000079 Kainic Acid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069902 Kainic Acid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Alanine Natural products C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010059881 Lactase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000006240 Linum usitatissimum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004431 Linum usitatissimum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100038007 Low affinity immunoglobulin epsilon Fc receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000031422 Lymphocytic Chronic B-Cell Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010074338 Lymphokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008072 Lymphokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004083 Lymphotoxin-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000542 Lymphotoxin-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091054455 MAP kinase family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043136 MAP kinase family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium ion Chemical compound [Mg+2] JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYCMBHHDWRMZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylacrylonitrile Chemical compound CC(=C)C#N GYCMBHHDWRMZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010008707 Mucin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000000907 Musa textilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000008934 Muscle Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074084 Muscle Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N N-Acetyl-D-Galactosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004868 N-Methyl-D-Aspartate Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001041 N-Methyl-D-Aspartate Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC(C=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNLRQHMNZILYPY-MDMHTWEWSA-N N-acetyl-alpha-D-muramic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@@H]1NC(C)=O MNLRQHMNZILYPY-MDMHTWEWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N N-acetyl-beta-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-PFQGKNLYSA-N N-acetyl-beta-neuraminic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@](O)(C(O)=O)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-PFQGKNLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091008604 NGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003729 Neprilysin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000028 Neprilysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007339 Nerve Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel(2+) Chemical compound [Ni+2] VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000019315 Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050006807 Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010033272 Nitrilase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Nitrite anion Chemical compound [O-]N=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002292 Nylon 6 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002302 Nylon 6,6 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012807 PCR reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091007960 PI3Ks Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010073038 Penicillin Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003993 Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000430 Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000011653 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100030485 Platelet-derived growth factor receptor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002614 Polyether block amide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002396 Polyurea Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000005569 Protein Phosphatase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010059000 Protein Phosphatase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036587 Protein Wnt-16 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000002294 Purinergic P2X Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000836 Purinergic P2X Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-M Pyruvate Chemical compound CC(=O)C([O-])=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108091008103 RNA aptamers Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-RMMQSMQOSA-N Raffinose Natural products O(C[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@]2(CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O1)[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-RMMQSMQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031426 Ras GTPase-activating protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100037422 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100028645 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase T Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000014400 SH2 domains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003452 SH2 domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000235070 Saccharomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100028904 Serine/threonine-protein kinase MARK2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036120 Serine/threonine-protein kinase pim-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008847 Serpin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050000761 Serpin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000533293 Sesbania emerus Species 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001203 Smallpox Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100024207 Transcription factor COE1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100038313 Transcription factor E2-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039094 Tyrosinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060008724 Tyrosinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD196149 Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1(CO)OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(COC2C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O2)O)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005411 Van der Waals force Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000870995 Variola Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001416177 Vicugna pacos Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010046377 Whey Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005971 Wild-type GFP Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700040099 Xylose isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PTFCDOFLOPIGGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc dication Chemical compound [Zn+2] PTFCDOFLOPIGGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710185494 Zinc finger protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023597 Zinc finger protein 816 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000274 adsorptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003905 agrochemical Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000005840 alpha-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010030291 alpha-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005922 amidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010003977 aminoacylase I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-NJBDSQKTSA-N amoxicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=C(O)C=C1 LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003022 amoxicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003388 anti-hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010953 base metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- YVEJDOBFMBXLPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl-dimethyl-prop-2-enylazanium Chemical class C=CC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YVEJDOBFMBXLPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010019077 beta-Amylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010051210 beta-Fructofuranosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010047754 beta-Glucosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006995 beta-Glucosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N bissulfosuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)C(S(O)(=O)=O)CC1=O VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010504 bond cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001680 brushing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014121 butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BXIQXYOPGBXIEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 4,4-bis(tert-butylperoxy)pentanoate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CCC(C)(OOC(C)(C)C)OOC(C)(C)C BXIQXYOPGBXIEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000009120 camo Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940041514 candida albicans extract Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000085 cashmere Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007444 cell Immobilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000023715 cellular developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006218 cellulose propionate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005607 chanvre indien Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- DLGJWSVWTWEWBJ-HGGSSLSASA-N chondroitin Chemical compound CC(O)=N[C@@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C=C(C(O)=O)O1 DLGJWSVWTWEWBJ-HGGSSLSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012504 chromatography matrix Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032852 chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005352 clarification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001429 cobalt ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005515 coenzyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010960 commercial process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010924 continuous production Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001431 copper ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- NKKMVIVFRUYPLQ-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotononitrile Chemical compound C\C=C\C#N NKKMVIVFRUYPLQ-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001916 cyano esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003675 cytokine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057085 cytokine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003398 denaturant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YLJJAVFOBDSYAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloro-ethenyl-methylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](Cl)(Cl)C=C YLJJAVFOBDSYAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000020930 dietary requirements Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001664 diethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- KPGRTCPQLMJHFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylaminomethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCN(CC)COC(=O)C(C)=C KPGRTCPQLMJHFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091022884 dihydropyrimidinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HSUGRBWQSSZJOP-RTWAWAEBSA-N diltiazem Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1[C@H]1[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)N(CCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2S1 HSUGRBWQSSZJOP-RTWAWAEBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004166 diltiazem Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004453 electron probe microanalysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001317 epifluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HARQWLDROVMFJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3,3-bis(tert-butylperoxy)butanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(C)(OOC(C)(C)C)OOC(C)(C)C HARQWLDROVMFJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STVZJERGLQHEKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol dimethacrylate Substances CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOC(=O)C(C)=C STVZJERGLQHEKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000840 ethylene tetrafluoroethylene copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010036236 extracellular matrix receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001447 ferric ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001448 ferrous ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009501 film coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019256 formaldehyde Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004279 formaldehyde Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007792 gaseous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005179 haloacetyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011487 hemp Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091008039 hormone receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001794 hormone therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010903 husk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000037 hydrogen sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron Chemical compound [H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002432 hydroperoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002681 hypalon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- NBZBKCUXIYYUSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N iminodiacetic acid Chemical group OC(=O)CNCC(O)=O NBZBKCUXIYYUSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010042209 insulin receptor tyrosine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031146 intracellular signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001573 invertase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011073 invertase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003014 ion exchange membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006317 isomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940116108 lactase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002649 leather substitute Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920005610 lignin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009630 liquid culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- DLBFLQKQABVKGT-UHFFFAOYSA-L lucifer yellow dye Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C(N(C(=O)NN)C2=O)=O)=C3C2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC3=C1N DLBFLQKQABVKGT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001425 magnesium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001437 manganese ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000006240 membrane receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004084 membrane receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001463 metal phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZQMHJBXHRFJKOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(1-methoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)diazenyl]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C(=O)OC ZQMHJBXHRFJKOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VAOCPAMSLUNLGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N metronidazole Chemical compound CC1=NC=C([N+]([O-])=O)N1CCO VAOCPAMSLUNLGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000021243 milk fat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000050 mohair Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WHQSYGRFZMUQGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylformamide;hydrate Chemical compound O.CN(C)C=O WHQSYGRFZMUQGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940048195 n-(hydroxyethyl)ethylenediaminetriacetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OHDXDNUPVVYWOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-1-(2-naphthalen-1-ylsulfanylphenyl)methanamine Chemical compound CNCC1=CC=CC=C1SC1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 OHDXDNUPVVYWOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003052 natural elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001194 natural rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001453 nickel ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000025661 ovarian cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013021 overheating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YCNNCJXFNCVEOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxiran-2-ylmethyl ethenesulfonate Chemical compound C=CS(=O)(=O)OCC1CO1 YCNNCJXFNCVEOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPQRDASANLAFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxiran-2-ylmethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC1CO1 RPQRDASANLAFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-Hydroxyampicillin Natural products O=C1N2C(C(O)=O)C(C)(C)SC2C1NC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002976 peresters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SXADIBFZNXBEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidous acid Chemical group NP(O)O SXADIBFZNXBEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001084 poly(chloroprene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002454 poly(glycidyl methacrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001195 polyisoprene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000307 polymer substrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004445 quantitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-ZQSKZDJDSA-N raffinose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-ZQSKZDJDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091008598 receptor tyrosine kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000027426 receptor tyrosine kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004064 recycling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002702 ribosome display Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004574 scanning tunneling microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013535 sea water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003001 serine protease inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004945 silicone rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- PCMORTLOPMLEFB-ONEGZZNKSA-N sinapic acid Chemical compound COC1=CC(\C=C\C(O)=O)=CC(OC)=C1O PCMORTLOPMLEFB-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCMORTLOPMLEFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sinapinic acid Natural products COC1=CC(C=CC(O)=O)=CC(OC)=C1O PCMORTLOPMLEFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000005969 steroid hormone receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003113 steroid hormone receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010902 straw Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimide Chemical group O=C1CCC(=O)N1 KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010557 suspension polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003051 synthetic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005061 synthetic rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001897 terpolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GJBRNHKUVLOCEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl benzenecarboperoxoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 GJBRNHKUVLOCEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- WGTODYJZXSJIAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O WGTODYJZXSJIAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012719 thermal polymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008646 thermal stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002110 toxicologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003151 transfection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000588 tumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000381 tumorigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000007089 vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011514 vinification Methods 0.000 description 1
- UKRDPEFKFJNXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vinylsilane Chemical class [SiH3]C=C UKRDPEFKFJNXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021119 whey protein Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014101 wine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002268 wool Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002759 woven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012138 yeast extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AFVLVVWMAFSXCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C#N)=CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 AFVLVVWMAFSXCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D61/00—Processes of separation using semi-permeable membranes, e.g. dialysis, osmosis or ultrafiltration; Apparatus, accessories or auxiliary operations specially adapted therefor
- B01D61/42—Electrodialysis; Electro-osmosis ; Electro-ultrafiltration; Membrane capacitive deionization
- B01D61/44—Ion-selective electrodialysis
- B01D61/445—Ion-selective electrodialysis with bipolar membranes; Water splitting
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D67/00—Processes specially adapted for manufacturing semi-permeable membranes for separation processes or apparatus
- B01D67/0081—After-treatment of organic or inorganic membranes
- B01D67/0093—Chemical modification
- B01D67/00931—Chemical modification by introduction of specific groups after membrane formation, e.g. by grafting
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D71/00—Semi-permeable membranes for separation processes or apparatus characterised by the material; Manufacturing processes specially adapted therefor
- B01D71/06—Organic material
- B01D71/26—Polyalkenes
- B01D71/261—Polyethylene
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D71/00—Semi-permeable membranes for separation processes or apparatus characterised by the material; Manufacturing processes specially adapted therefor
- B01D71/06—Organic material
- B01D71/26—Polyalkenes
- B01D71/262—Polypropylene
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D71/00—Semi-permeable membranes for separation processes or apparatus characterised by the material; Manufacturing processes specially adapted therefor
- B01D71/06—Organic material
- B01D71/76—Macromolecular material not specifically provided for in a single one of groups B01D71/08 - B01D71/74
- B01D71/82—Macromolecular material not specifically provided for in a single one of groups B01D71/08 - B01D71/74 characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. introduced by chemical after-treatment
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/22—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof comprising organic material
- B01J20/26—Synthetic macromolecular compounds
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/22—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof comprising organic material
- B01J20/26—Synthetic macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/265—Synthetic macromolecular compounds modified or post-treated polymers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3202—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the carrier, support or substrate used for impregnation or coating
- B01J20/3204—Inorganic carriers, supports or substrates
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3202—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the carrier, support or substrate used for impregnation or coating
- B01J20/3206—Organic carriers, supports or substrates
- B01J20/3208—Polymeric carriers, supports or substrates
- B01J20/321—Polymeric carriers, supports or substrates consisting of a polymer obtained by reactions involving only carbon to carbon unsaturated bonds
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3202—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the carrier, support or substrate used for impregnation or coating
- B01J20/3206—Organic carriers, supports or substrates
- B01J20/3208—Polymeric carriers, supports or substrates
- B01J20/3212—Polymeric carriers, supports or substrates consisting of a polymer obtained by reactions otherwise than involving only carbon to carbon unsaturated bonds
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3214—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the method for obtaining this coating or impregnating
- B01J20/3217—Resulting in a chemical bond between the coating or impregnating layer and the carrier, support or substrate, e.g. a covalent bond
- B01J20/3219—Resulting in a chemical bond between the coating or impregnating layer and the carrier, support or substrate, e.g. a covalent bond involving a particular spacer or linking group, e.g. for attaching an active group
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3244—Non-macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/3246—Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure
- B01J20/3248—Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure the functional group or the linking, spacer or anchoring group as a whole comprising at least one type of heteroatom selected from a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, these atoms not being part of the carrier as such
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3244—Non-macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/3246—Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure
- B01J20/3248—Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure the functional group or the linking, spacer or anchoring group as a whole comprising at least one type of heteroatom selected from a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, these atoms not being part of the carrier as such
- B01J20/3251—Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure the functional group or the linking, spacer or anchoring group as a whole comprising at least one type of heteroatom selected from a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, these atoms not being part of the carrier as such comprising at least two different types of heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulphur
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3244—Non-macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/3246—Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure
- B01J20/3248—Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure the functional group or the linking, spacer or anchoring group as a whole comprising at least one type of heteroatom selected from a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, these atoms not being part of the carrier as such
- B01J20/3255—Non-macromolecular compounds having a well defined chemical structure the functional group or the linking, spacer or anchoring group as a whole comprising at least one type of heteroatom selected from a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, these atoms not being part of the carrier as such comprising a cyclic structure containing at least one of the heteroatoms nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, e.g. heterocyclic or heteroaromatic structures
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3268—Macromolecular compounds
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3268—Macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/327—Polymers obtained by reactions involving only carbon to carbon unsaturated bonds
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3268—Macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/3272—Polymers obtained by reactions otherwise than involving only carbon to carbon unsaturated bonds
- B01J20/3274—Proteins, nucleic acids, polysaccharides, antibodies or antigens
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3268—Macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/3276—Copolymers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3268—Macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/3278—Polymers being grafted on the carrier
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3268—Macromolecular compounds
- B01J20/328—Polymers on the carrier being further modified
- B01J20/3282—Crosslinked polymers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3242—Layers with a functional group, e.g. an affinity material, a ligand, a reactant or a complexing group
- B01J20/3285—Coating or impregnation layers comprising different type of functional groups or interactions, e.g. different ligands in various parts of the sorbent, mixed mode, dual zone, bimodal, multimodal, ionic or hydrophobic, cationic or anionic, hydrophilic or hydrophobic
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J20/00—Solid sorbent compositions or filter aid compositions; Sorbents for chromatography; Processes for preparing, regenerating or reactivating thereof
- B01J20/30—Processes for preparing, regenerating, or reactivating
- B01J20/32—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating
- B01J20/3231—Impregnating or coating ; Solid sorbent compositions obtained from processes involving impregnating or coating characterised by the coating or impregnating layer
- B01J20/3289—Coatings involving more than one layer of same or different nature
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/54366—Apparatus specially adapted for solid-phase testing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/544—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being organic
- G01N33/545—Synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D2323/00—Details relating to membrane preparation
- B01D2323/38—Graft polymerization
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D2323/00—Details relating to membrane preparation
- B01D2323/38—Graft polymerization
- B01D2323/385—Graft polymerization involving radiation
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D2325/00—Details relating to properties of membranes
- B01D2325/48—Antimicrobial properties
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Water Supply & Treatment (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Materials By The Use Of Chemical Reactions (AREA)
- Immobilizing And Processing Of Enzymes And Microorganisms (AREA)
Abstract
Compositions are provided herein comprising a material having engrafted polymer brushes. The polymer brushes further comprise one or more functional groups immobilized along the surface of the brushes in a plurality of layers, which confer functional properties to the material compositions. These materials are useful in material libraries for high throughput separation studies, and for the isolation or transfection of microorganisms and cells.
Description
FUNCTIONALIZED MATERIALS AND LIBRARIES THEREOF
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to functionalized materials and libraries thereof, for the separation, purification, concentration, immobilization and synthesis of compounds, as well as applications for using the same.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Isolation and purification of a target molecule is a prerequisite to its study and use, for example, the ability to isolate and identify disease causing microorganisms allows for accurate diagnosis and treatment of disease states, or isolation of a nucleic acid is the first step in the sequencing of the polynucleotide or the polypeptide sequence encoded by a nucleic acid, or the determination of the crystal structure of a protein.
There are many methods for isolating, purifying, and concentrating molecules, but the compositions for performing such methods do not have broad application, and are usually applicable to the purification of specific molecules. There remains a need in the art for improved compositions and methods of isolating and concentrating molecules.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In general, the invention is based on the discovery that certain materials can be fabricated into compositions that have side chains or polymeric molecular "brushes" which have particular properties, for example, length, thickness, morphology and density. The materials are highly effective for separating, purifying, concentrating and/or immobilizing compounds in a three dimensional conformation, and for synthesizing or otherwise modifying compounds immobilized thereto. The compositions of the present invention are useful in applications that require a high convective flow rate across the material, or are subjected to harsh chemicals, or extreme temperature variations.
In one aspect, the invention includes a substrate material having polymer brushes on at least a first and a second surface, wherein the polymer brushes on the first surface further comprise a first set of functional groups having a charge, and the polymer brushes on the second surface f~uther comprise a second set of functional groups having an opposite charge to the first set of functional groups. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes are formed by radical induced polymerization of the substrate material and the degree of grafting of the polymer brushes is greater than 15%. In another embodiment, the degree of grafting of the polymer brushes is greater than 85%. In yet another embodiment, the material is bipolar and is capable of dissociating water into H+ and OH- when a voltage is applied.
In another aspect, the invention includes a method of making a bipolar device by obtaining a material, forming polymer brushes on the material by graft induced polymerization on at least a first and second surface, immobilizing a first functional group to the polymer brushes on the first surface, wherein the first functional group has a charge, and immobilizing a second set of functional groups to the polymer brushes on the second surface, wherein the second functional group has a charge opposite to that of the first functional group. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes have a degree of grafting greater than 15%.
In another embodiment, the polymer brushes have a degree of grafting greater than 85%. In another aspect, the invention includes a method of using the bipolar device, to produce a compound, for example, salicylic acid. In one embodiment, the invention includes a method of using the bipolar material to produce acid or alkali from a salt solution.
In another embodiment, the material is used for an electrodialysis reaction.
In another aspect, the invention includes a device having a plurality of functionalized materials, further including a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains, and one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more domains. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are of different morphologies or lengths. In another embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are formed from one or more types of reactive monomers. In yet another embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains have a degree of grafting from about 10% to about 500%. In still another embodiment, at least one functional group is immobilized at each domain. In even another embodiment, at least two functional groups are immobilized at each domain. In one embodiment, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes bind one or more targets, including polynucleotide targets, polypeptide targets, polysaccharide targets, lipid targets, organelles, cellular membranes and cell targets, including animal cells, mammalian cells, human cells, fungal cells, viral cells and bacterial cells such as pathogenic bacterial strains e.g., Staphylococcus, Clostridium, Bacillus, ahd the like. In one embodiment, the functional groups include immunoglobulins or antigen binding fragments thereof. In another embodiment, the functional groups immobilize one or more targets to at least one domain. In yet another embodiment, the functional groups catalyze a reaction involving a target. In one embodiment, the functional groups are charged. In still another embodiment, the functional groups are enzymes, such as restriction enzymes, proteases, kinases or phosphatases. In another embodiment, the functional groups include microdelivery functional groups having a compound. In this embodiment, a target cell is contacted to microdelivery functional groups at one or more domains, thereby causing the target cell to uptake compounds contained in the microdelivery functional groups.
Compounds that can be delivered to a cell target through microdelivery groups include, for example but not limited to, short interfering RNA (siRNA), antisense nucleic acids, transposable elements and nucleic acids with similar integration sequences, vectors, proteins and drugs, among others.
In still another aspect, the invention includes a method of making a library of functionalized materials wherein a substrate material is obtained, polymer brushes are formed on the material in a plurality of domains, and at least one functional group is immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more domains. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are of different morphologies or lengths. In another embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are formed from one or more types of reactive monomers. In yet another embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains have a degree of grafting from about 10% to about 500%. In still another embodiment, at least one functional group is immobilized at each domain. In even another embodiment, at least two functional groups are immobilized at each domain. In one embodiment, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes bind one or more targets, including polynucleotide targets, polypeptide targets, polysaccharide targets, lipid targets, organelle targets, cellular membrane targets and cell targets, including animal cells, mammalian cells, human cells, fungal cells, viral cells and bacterial cells such as pathogenic bacterial strains e.g., Staphylococcus, Clostridium, Bacillus, and the like. In one embodiment, the functional groups include immunoglobulins or antigen binding fragments thereof. In another embodiment, the functional groups immobilize one or more targets to at least one domain. In yet another embodiment, the functional groups catalyze a reaction involving a target. In one embodiment, the functional groups are charged. In still another embodiment, the functional groups are enzymes, such as restriction enzymes, proteases, kinases or phosphatases. In another embodiment, the functional groups include microdelivery functional groups having a compound. In this embodiment, a target cell is contacted to microdelivery functional groups at one or more domains, thereby causing the target cell to uptake compounds contained in the microdelivery functional groups.
In one aspect, the invention includes methods of using the devices described to introduce a compound to a target. In one embodiment, the functional groups comprise microdelivery groups containing a compound. In another embodiment, the compound is a nucleic acid, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the nucleic acid to the cell. In yet another embodiment, the compound is a polypeptide, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the polypeptide to the cell.
In still another embodiment, the compound is a drug, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the drug to the cell. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are of different morphologies or lengths, and have a degree of grafting from about 10% to about 500%. In another embodiment, the invention includes contacting the domains of the library with a solution comprising a target, and detecting an interaction with the target at one or more of the domains. In one embodiment, the interaction between the taxget and a domain is detected by measuring radioactive emissions at the domain. In another embodiment, the interaction between the target and a domain is detected by measuring luminescence at the domain. In still another embodiment, the interaction between the target and a domain is detected by measuring fluorescence at the domain. In even another embodiment, the fluorescence measured is generated by fluorescence resonance energy transfer pairs.
In even another aspect, the invention includes a system having a processor in communication with one or more memory devices, a material library including a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains; and one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains, a reading device capable of detecting labels at library domain addresses, the reading device in communication with the processor, an instruction set stored in at least one memory device, the instruction set capable of interacting with the processor, a user controlled input device capable of entering information into the memory device, and an output device in communication with the processor or memory. In one embodiment, the functional groups are polypeptide sequences.
In another embodiment, the functional groups are polynucleotide sequences. In still another embodiment, the functional groups are immunoglobulins or antigen binding fragments thereof. In yet another embodiment, the immunoglobulin concentration varies at each domain from about 0.1 fg/mm2 antibody immobilized per domain surface area to about 100 mg/mm2 antibody immobilized per domain surface area. In even another embodiment, the system includes functional groups of human cells, viral cells, or bacterial cells. In one embodiment, the system includes a microfluidic device, wherein the library is contained within a reaction chamber of the microfluidic device. In another embodiment, the processor is in communication with one or more microfluidic ports on the microfluidic device. In one aspect, the system includes a laboratory information management program.
In still another aspect, the invention includes a material library having a substrate material further including a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and a plurality of polypeptide functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains. In another aspect, the invention includes a material library having a substrate material further including a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and a plurality of cells immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains. In one embodiment, the cells are human cells. In another embodiment, the cells are human cancer cells. In yet another embodiment, the cells are virally infected cells. In even another embodiment, the cells are viral cells. In still another embodiment, the cells are bacterial cells, for example, pathogenic bacterial strains. In another aspect, the invention includes a material library having a substrate material further including a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and one or more types of immunoglobulin molecules immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains. In another aspect, the invention is a material library having a substrate material further including a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and polypeptide functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains, the polypeptide functional groups capable of interacting with one or more targets. In one embodiment, the targets are protein targets, for example from cellular lysates. In yet another embodiment, the cellular lysate includes the soluble fraction derived from pulse labeled cells. In still another embodiment, the cells are human cells. In another embodiment, the polypeptide functional groups include random peptides from about 5 mer to about 50 mer in length. In one embodiment, the interaction of targets with functional groups at one or more domains is detected. In yet another embodiment, detection of interactions includes detection of one or more markers for human disease.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from following detailed description, and from the claims.
FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic for preparing materials having cation and anion exchange functional groups.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to functionalized materials and libraries thereof, for the separation, purification, concentration, immobilization and synthesis of compounds, as well as applications for using the same.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Isolation and purification of a target molecule is a prerequisite to its study and use, for example, the ability to isolate and identify disease causing microorganisms allows for accurate diagnosis and treatment of disease states, or isolation of a nucleic acid is the first step in the sequencing of the polynucleotide or the polypeptide sequence encoded by a nucleic acid, or the determination of the crystal structure of a protein.
There are many methods for isolating, purifying, and concentrating molecules, but the compositions for performing such methods do not have broad application, and are usually applicable to the purification of specific molecules. There remains a need in the art for improved compositions and methods of isolating and concentrating molecules.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In general, the invention is based on the discovery that certain materials can be fabricated into compositions that have side chains or polymeric molecular "brushes" which have particular properties, for example, length, thickness, morphology and density. The materials are highly effective for separating, purifying, concentrating and/or immobilizing compounds in a three dimensional conformation, and for synthesizing or otherwise modifying compounds immobilized thereto. The compositions of the present invention are useful in applications that require a high convective flow rate across the material, or are subjected to harsh chemicals, or extreme temperature variations.
In one aspect, the invention includes a substrate material having polymer brushes on at least a first and a second surface, wherein the polymer brushes on the first surface further comprise a first set of functional groups having a charge, and the polymer brushes on the second surface f~uther comprise a second set of functional groups having an opposite charge to the first set of functional groups. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes are formed by radical induced polymerization of the substrate material and the degree of grafting of the polymer brushes is greater than 15%. In another embodiment, the degree of grafting of the polymer brushes is greater than 85%. In yet another embodiment, the material is bipolar and is capable of dissociating water into H+ and OH- when a voltage is applied.
In another aspect, the invention includes a method of making a bipolar device by obtaining a material, forming polymer brushes on the material by graft induced polymerization on at least a first and second surface, immobilizing a first functional group to the polymer brushes on the first surface, wherein the first functional group has a charge, and immobilizing a second set of functional groups to the polymer brushes on the second surface, wherein the second functional group has a charge opposite to that of the first functional group. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes have a degree of grafting greater than 15%.
In another embodiment, the polymer brushes have a degree of grafting greater than 85%. In another aspect, the invention includes a method of using the bipolar device, to produce a compound, for example, salicylic acid. In one embodiment, the invention includes a method of using the bipolar material to produce acid or alkali from a salt solution.
In another embodiment, the material is used for an electrodialysis reaction.
In another aspect, the invention includes a device having a plurality of functionalized materials, further including a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains, and one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more domains. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are of different morphologies or lengths. In another embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are formed from one or more types of reactive monomers. In yet another embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains have a degree of grafting from about 10% to about 500%. In still another embodiment, at least one functional group is immobilized at each domain. In even another embodiment, at least two functional groups are immobilized at each domain. In one embodiment, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes bind one or more targets, including polynucleotide targets, polypeptide targets, polysaccharide targets, lipid targets, organelles, cellular membranes and cell targets, including animal cells, mammalian cells, human cells, fungal cells, viral cells and bacterial cells such as pathogenic bacterial strains e.g., Staphylococcus, Clostridium, Bacillus, ahd the like. In one embodiment, the functional groups include immunoglobulins or antigen binding fragments thereof. In another embodiment, the functional groups immobilize one or more targets to at least one domain. In yet another embodiment, the functional groups catalyze a reaction involving a target. In one embodiment, the functional groups are charged. In still another embodiment, the functional groups are enzymes, such as restriction enzymes, proteases, kinases or phosphatases. In another embodiment, the functional groups include microdelivery functional groups having a compound. In this embodiment, a target cell is contacted to microdelivery functional groups at one or more domains, thereby causing the target cell to uptake compounds contained in the microdelivery functional groups.
Compounds that can be delivered to a cell target through microdelivery groups include, for example but not limited to, short interfering RNA (siRNA), antisense nucleic acids, transposable elements and nucleic acids with similar integration sequences, vectors, proteins and drugs, among others.
In still another aspect, the invention includes a method of making a library of functionalized materials wherein a substrate material is obtained, polymer brushes are formed on the material in a plurality of domains, and at least one functional group is immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more domains. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are of different morphologies or lengths. In another embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are formed from one or more types of reactive monomers. In yet another embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains have a degree of grafting from about 10% to about 500%. In still another embodiment, at least one functional group is immobilized at each domain. In even another embodiment, at least two functional groups are immobilized at each domain. In one embodiment, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes bind one or more targets, including polynucleotide targets, polypeptide targets, polysaccharide targets, lipid targets, organelle targets, cellular membrane targets and cell targets, including animal cells, mammalian cells, human cells, fungal cells, viral cells and bacterial cells such as pathogenic bacterial strains e.g., Staphylococcus, Clostridium, Bacillus, and the like. In one embodiment, the functional groups include immunoglobulins or antigen binding fragments thereof. In another embodiment, the functional groups immobilize one or more targets to at least one domain. In yet another embodiment, the functional groups catalyze a reaction involving a target. In one embodiment, the functional groups are charged. In still another embodiment, the functional groups are enzymes, such as restriction enzymes, proteases, kinases or phosphatases. In another embodiment, the functional groups include microdelivery functional groups having a compound. In this embodiment, a target cell is contacted to microdelivery functional groups at one or more domains, thereby causing the target cell to uptake compounds contained in the microdelivery functional groups.
In one aspect, the invention includes methods of using the devices described to introduce a compound to a target. In one embodiment, the functional groups comprise microdelivery groups containing a compound. In another embodiment, the compound is a nucleic acid, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the nucleic acid to the cell. In yet another embodiment, the compound is a polypeptide, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the polypeptide to the cell.
In still another embodiment, the compound is a drug, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the drug to the cell. In one embodiment, the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are of different morphologies or lengths, and have a degree of grafting from about 10% to about 500%. In another embodiment, the invention includes contacting the domains of the library with a solution comprising a target, and detecting an interaction with the target at one or more of the domains. In one embodiment, the interaction between the taxget and a domain is detected by measuring radioactive emissions at the domain. In another embodiment, the interaction between the target and a domain is detected by measuring luminescence at the domain. In still another embodiment, the interaction between the target and a domain is detected by measuring fluorescence at the domain. In even another embodiment, the fluorescence measured is generated by fluorescence resonance energy transfer pairs.
In even another aspect, the invention includes a system having a processor in communication with one or more memory devices, a material library including a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains; and one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains, a reading device capable of detecting labels at library domain addresses, the reading device in communication with the processor, an instruction set stored in at least one memory device, the instruction set capable of interacting with the processor, a user controlled input device capable of entering information into the memory device, and an output device in communication with the processor or memory. In one embodiment, the functional groups are polypeptide sequences.
In another embodiment, the functional groups are polynucleotide sequences. In still another embodiment, the functional groups are immunoglobulins or antigen binding fragments thereof. In yet another embodiment, the immunoglobulin concentration varies at each domain from about 0.1 fg/mm2 antibody immobilized per domain surface area to about 100 mg/mm2 antibody immobilized per domain surface area. In even another embodiment, the system includes functional groups of human cells, viral cells, or bacterial cells. In one embodiment, the system includes a microfluidic device, wherein the library is contained within a reaction chamber of the microfluidic device. In another embodiment, the processor is in communication with one or more microfluidic ports on the microfluidic device. In one aspect, the system includes a laboratory information management program.
In still another aspect, the invention includes a material library having a substrate material further including a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and a plurality of polypeptide functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains. In another aspect, the invention includes a material library having a substrate material further including a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and a plurality of cells immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains. In one embodiment, the cells are human cells. In another embodiment, the cells are human cancer cells. In yet another embodiment, the cells are virally infected cells. In even another embodiment, the cells are viral cells. In still another embodiment, the cells are bacterial cells, for example, pathogenic bacterial strains. In another aspect, the invention includes a material library having a substrate material further including a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and one or more types of immunoglobulin molecules immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains. In another aspect, the invention is a material library having a substrate material further including a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and polypeptide functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains, the polypeptide functional groups capable of interacting with one or more targets. In one embodiment, the targets are protein targets, for example from cellular lysates. In yet another embodiment, the cellular lysate includes the soluble fraction derived from pulse labeled cells. In still another embodiment, the cells are human cells. In another embodiment, the polypeptide functional groups include random peptides from about 5 mer to about 50 mer in length. In one embodiment, the interaction of targets with functional groups at one or more domains is detected. In yet another embodiment, detection of interactions includes detection of one or more markers for human disease.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from following detailed description, and from the claims.
FIG. 1 illustrates a schematic for preparing materials having cation and anion exchange functional groups.
FIG. 2 shows an apparatus for introducing cation and anion exchange functional groups to opposing surfaces of an irradiated high density polyethylene (HDPE) film to create graft-polymerized bipolar materials.
FIG. 3 illustrates electrodialysis using graft-polymerized bipolar materials (BP), anion exchange materials (A) and cation exchange materials (C).
FIG. 4 illustrates the relationship between the degree of co-grafting as measured by changes in material thickness as a function of co-grafting time for (a) SSS/HEMA (sodium styrene sulfonate/hydroxyethyl methacrylate) cation exchange materials and (b) VBTAC/HEMA (vinyl benzyl trimethyl ammonium chloride/hydroxyethyl methacrylate) anion exchange materials.
FIG. 5 shows the increase of (a) sulfonic acid group and hydroxyl group densities in the cation-exchange material as well as the increase of (b) quaternary ammonium salt group and hydroxyl group densities as a function of degree of co-grafting.
FIG. 6 illustrates the distribution profiles of sulfonic acid functional groups and the quaternary ammonium functional groups as a measure of the sulfur and the chlorine, respectively, across the thickness of both materials as determined by X-ray microanalysis (XMA).
FIG. 7 illustrates the relationship between functional group density as measured by titration of the salt-splitting capacity and the surface area ratio of X-ray intensity distribution of the (a) sulfur and (b) chlorine functional groups, as measured by XMA.
FIG. 8 shows the increase of the degree of co-grafting and the thickness of the prepared bipolar material as a function of reaction time (a) and the increase in functional group density also as a function of DG (degree of grafting) (b).
FIG. 9 illustrates the functional group density profiles across the thickness of the membranes where DG =16% and DG =86%.
FIG. 10 illustrates the voltage-current characteristic of the co-grafted-type bipolar material.
FIG. 11 shows the time course for electrodialysis using the co-grafted-type bipolar materials having DG =16% (a) and DG =86% (b) as measured by the concentration changes of NaCI (salt chamber), HCl (acid chamber) and NaOH (alkali chamber).
FIG. 12 illustrates the decrease in the voltage and the current during the electrodialysis as a function of operation time using the co-grafted-type bipolar materials having DG=16% and DG=86%.
FIG. 13 shows the electrodialysis efficiency for the co-grafted-type bipolar material.
FIG. 3 illustrates electrodialysis using graft-polymerized bipolar materials (BP), anion exchange materials (A) and cation exchange materials (C).
FIG. 4 illustrates the relationship between the degree of co-grafting as measured by changes in material thickness as a function of co-grafting time for (a) SSS/HEMA (sodium styrene sulfonate/hydroxyethyl methacrylate) cation exchange materials and (b) VBTAC/HEMA (vinyl benzyl trimethyl ammonium chloride/hydroxyethyl methacrylate) anion exchange materials.
FIG. 5 shows the increase of (a) sulfonic acid group and hydroxyl group densities in the cation-exchange material as well as the increase of (b) quaternary ammonium salt group and hydroxyl group densities as a function of degree of co-grafting.
FIG. 6 illustrates the distribution profiles of sulfonic acid functional groups and the quaternary ammonium functional groups as a measure of the sulfur and the chlorine, respectively, across the thickness of both materials as determined by X-ray microanalysis (XMA).
FIG. 7 illustrates the relationship between functional group density as measured by titration of the salt-splitting capacity and the surface area ratio of X-ray intensity distribution of the (a) sulfur and (b) chlorine functional groups, as measured by XMA.
FIG. 8 shows the increase of the degree of co-grafting and the thickness of the prepared bipolar material as a function of reaction time (a) and the increase in functional group density also as a function of DG (degree of grafting) (b).
FIG. 9 illustrates the functional group density profiles across the thickness of the membranes where DG =16% and DG =86%.
FIG. 10 illustrates the voltage-current characteristic of the co-grafted-type bipolar material.
FIG. 11 shows the time course for electrodialysis using the co-grafted-type bipolar materials having DG =16% (a) and DG =86% (b) as measured by the concentration changes of NaCI (salt chamber), HCl (acid chamber) and NaOH (alkali chamber).
FIG. 12 illustrates the decrease in the voltage and the current during the electrodialysis as a function of operation time using the co-grafted-type bipolar materials having DG=16% and DG=86%.
FIG. 13 shows the electrodialysis efficiency for the co-grafted-type bipolar material.
FIG. 14 illustrates the chemical structure of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC
fiber having a material of polyethylene (PE) polymer brushes comprising glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) polymers, and functional groups of diethylamine (DEA) quaternized with benzyl chloride (BC).
FIG. 15 shows the conversion of quaternization of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC
material as a function of reaction time.
FIG. 16 illustrates XMA profiles of chloride ion adsorbed on the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC materials as a function of conversion by BC.
FIG. 17 shows adsorption of Staphylococcus au~eus cells using three grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC materials with different degrees of quaternization.
FIG. 18 shows the relationship between the adsorption rate constant (k) describing the binding of Staphylococcus aureus cells and the functional-group-density of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC material.
FIG. 19 illustrates the changes in CFU/mL (colony forming units) and pH of the flow through solution following contact of the Staphylococcus au~eus cells with the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC material, as a function of contact time.
FIG. 20 illustrates a material library comprising functionalized domains fabricated in an array or matrix format, wherein the domains shown vary in terms of polymer brush length and functional group density.
FIG. 21 illustrates the material library of FIG. 20, wherein a target compound is introduced to one or more domains on the library by a microfluidic device capable of varying the composition of an input solution containing the target, and where binding of a target to one or more domains indicates the optimum binding conditions, i.e., the brush length and functional group density, for isolation of the compound contained in the particular input solution.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art of which this invention belongs. However, the following terms have the meanings specified below.
As used herein, the term "material" refers to a substrate providing one or more surfaces, where at least one surface is capable of forming grafted polymer brushes, or to which polymer brushes can be otherwise affixed. Thus a material may include two or more different materials. There is also a wide variety of shapes, into which the material may be fabricated or otherwise formed, depending on the particular application for which the material will be used. For example, the material may be substantially rigid.
This is appropriate in applications, for example, where the material is formed into e.g., a vial, a pipet tip, a cell culture or ELISA dish, slide or other type of substrate for forming an array or matrix of materials. The material may be substantially flexible along one or more planes, for example formed into a fiber or membrane. The material may be in the form of a powder, a particle preparation or a microparticle suspension. The material may be substantially elongated and flexible, and may define a lumen, for example, fabricated into tubing or pipet tips. A wide variety of materials are appropriate for the materials and methods of making the same which are disclosed herein, and are also described in U.S. Patents No.:6,009,739, 5,783,608, 5,743,940, 5,738,775, 5,648,400, 5,641,482, 5,506,188, 5,425,866, 5,364,638, 5,344,560, 5,308,467, 5,075,342, 5,071,880, 5,064,866, 4,980,335, 4,897,433, 4,622,366, 4,539,277, 4,407,846, 4,379,200, 4,376,794, 4,288,467, 4,287,272, 4,283,442, 4,273,840, 4,137,137 and 4,129,617, each incorporated herein by reference.
As used herein, the term "brush" or "polymer brush" refers to a polymeric side chain that is formed from a polymerization substrate having a radical-polymerizable terminal group, wherein the polymerizable substrate is the material itself, or another polymerizable material that can be engrafted to, or otherwise affixed to the material. The side chain can be any reactive monomer (or polymer), but an easily functionalizable reactive polyvinyl polymer is currently preferred, for example such as polyglycidyl methacrylate (GMA) or polyhydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), which has one reactive epoxide group per repeat.
Polymer brushes are formed by radical polymerization as described below. A
brush has an elongated shape of a particular size in one direction related to the degree of polymerization in a first direction, its "length", and a cross sectional diameter or thickness related to the degree of polymerization in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction, its "width". The brushes can assume a coiled or compacted morphology or an extended morphology.
The width of a brush can vary along its length. In addition, the polymerization reaction can be controlled to create branch-like polymer brush structures, as well as increasing or decreasing brush density, i. e., number of brushers per surface area or per weight of material, as described below. The length, width, branching, and overall morphology of the polymer brushes in the present invention can be varied according to the desired end use or purpose as described herein and by methods known in the art.
As used herein the term "reactive monomer" refers to a compound that is capable of participating in a radical induced grafting reaction. The reactive monomer can be any material capable of forming polymers as described above and herein, for example but not limited to glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), or ethylene. The material and reactive monomer may be of the same compound, for example, a polyethylene material may utilize ethelyene monomers or polymers in the grafting reaction. A wide variety of reactive monomers are appropriate for the membrane compositions and methods disclosed herein, and are described below and in U.S. Patents No.:6,009,739, 5,783,608, 5,743,940, 5,738,775, 5,648,400, 5,641,482, 5,506,188, 5,425,866, 5,364,638, 5,344,560, 5,308,467, 5,075,342, 5,071,880, 5,064,866, 4,980,335, 4,897,433, 4,622,366, 4,539,277, 4,407,846, 4,379,200, 4,376,794, 4,288,467, 4,287,272, 4,283,442, 4,273,840, 4,137,137 and 4,129,617, each incorporated herein by reference.
As used herein the term "degree of polymerization" refers to the extent of radical induced polymerization of a polymerizable substrate having a radical-polymerizable terminal group, with one or more types of a reactive monomer, wherein the polymerization reaction forms a polymer brush. The degree of polymerization is thus determinative of the overall brush surface characteristics. The polymeric side chains can, for example, be a monomer, an oligomer, or have an average length between about 10 nm and about 2000 nm corresponding to anywhere from about several hundred to tens of thousands of monomer units or longer, for example about 5000 nm or more. The degree of polymerization depends on, e.g., the crystalinity of the polymerizable substrate, the degree of radicalization, the length of time the reaction is allowed to progress, and on the physical properties of the polymerizable substrate, i.e., its strength or rigidity (see, Lee, et al., (1999) Chenz, Mater., 11, 3091-3095, incorporated herein by reference).
As used herein the term "degree of grafting" or "DG" refers to the brush density, i.e., the number of the side chains brushes per unit surface area of material.
Anywhere from about 1.0 x 108 to about 1.0 x 103° of the side chains brushes can be present per square meter of surface area or per weight of material, for example, from about 1.0 x 1016 to about 1.0 x 102° of the side chains brushes represents a degree of grafting between about 10% and about 500%. The degree of grafting is essentially a ratio describing the initial weight of a material and the additional weight of the polymer brush structures (see, Lee, et al., (1999).
As used herein a "functional group" refers to a compound having a particular chemical property, biological activity or affinity for a ligand, or a particular structure. A
functional group is immobilized, bound, entrapped, cross-linked or otherwise substantially affixed to the polymer brushes grafted to the material. A wide variety of functional groups are suitable for the present invention, imparting such ftmctionality to the brushes.
Combinations of functional groups are preferred where mufti-functionalized materials are desirable. A functional group can be any molecule or complex of molecules which has the ability to bind a target and immobilize it to the polymer brush. Preferably, the functional group binds its target in a substantially specific manner. Hence, the functional group may optionally be a target whose natural function in a cell is to specifically bind another protein, such as an antibody or a receptor. Alternatively, the functional group may instead be a partially or wholly synthetic or recombinant polypeptide which specifically binds a target.
Alternatively, the ftmctional group may be a polypeptide which has been selected in vitro from a mutagenized, randomized, or completely random and synthetic library by its binding affinity to a specific target. The selection method used may optionally have been a display method such as ribosome display or phage display. Alternatively, the functional group obtained via in vitro selection may be a DNA or RNA aptamer which specifically binds a protein target (for example: Potyrailo et al., Anal. Chem., 70:3419-25, 1998;
Cohen, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 95:14272-7, 1998; Fukuda, et al., Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser., (37):237-8, 1997, each incorporated by reference). Alternatively, the ih vitro selected functional group may be a polypeptide (Roberts and Szostak, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA, 94:12297-302, 1997, incorporated by reference). In an alternative embodiment, the functional group may be a small molecule which has been selected from a combinatorial chemistry library or is isolated from an organism. Functional groups may also be selected on their ability to bind a target and catalyze a biological reaction. Suitable functional groups include, for example and without limitation, anionically dissociating groups (e.g., primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary amines), cationically dissociating groups (e.g., acid groups) with or without coexisting hydrophilic or hydrophobic groups (nonionic groups such as, GMA or other hydrophobic reactive groups), polypeptides, polynucleotides, proteins or active domains thereof, ions, epitopes and affinity tags, nucleic acids, ribonucleic acids, polypeptides, glycopolypeptides, mucopolysaccharides, lipoproteins, lipopolysaccharides, carbohydrates, enzymes or co-enzymes, hormones, chemokines, lymphokines, antibodies, ribozyrnes, aptamers, siRNA's, IFN-alpha, IFN-gamma, SpA, SpG, immunoglobulins including monoclonal and polyclonal preparations, TNF-alpha, TNF-beta, v-Ras, c-Ras, reverse transcriptase, G-coupled protein receptors (GPCR's), FcRn, FcyR's, FcER's, nicotinicoid receptors (nicotinic receptor, GABAA and GABA~ receptors, glycine receptors, 5-HT3 receptors and some glutamate activated anionic channel receptors), ATP-gated channels (also referred to as the P2X purinoceptors), glutamate activated cationic channels (NMDA receptors, AMPA receptors, Kainate receptors, etc.), hemagglutinin (HA), receptor-tyrosine kinases (RTI~'s) such as EGF, PDGF, NGF and insulin receptor tyrosine kinases, SH2-domain proteins, PLC-y, c-Ras-associated GTPase activating protein (RasGAP), phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase (PI-3I~) and protein phosphatase 1 C
(PTP 1 C), as well as intracellular protein tyrosine kinases (PTK's), such as the Src family of tyrosine kinases, protein-tyrosine phosphatases, such as receptor tyrosine phosphatase rho, protein tyrosine phosphatase receptor J, receptor-type tyrosine phosphatase D30, protein tyrosine phosphatase receptor type C polypeptide associated protein, protein tyrosine phosphatase receptor-type T, receptor tyrosine phosphatase gamma, leukocyte-associated Ig-like receptor 1D isoform, LAIR-1D, LAIR-1C, MAP kinases, neuraminidase (NA), proteases, polymerases, serine/threonine kinases, second messengers, antigenic or tumorigenic markers, transcription factors, and other such important metabolic building blocks or regulators, and fluorescent labeled polypeptides or fluorescent polypeptides like GFP, growth factor receptors, hormone receptors, neurotransmitter receptors, catecholamine receptors, amino acid derivative receptors, cytokine receptors, extracellular matrix receptors, lectins, serpins, hydrolases, steroid hormone receptors, transcription factors, heat-shock transcription factors, DNA-binding proteins, zinc-finger proteins, leucine-zipper proteins, homeodomain proteins, intracellular signal transduction modulators and effectors, apoptosis-related factors, DNA
synthesis factors, DNA repair factors, DNA recombination factors, cell-surface antigens, disease markers, hepatitis C virus (HCV) proteases or HIV proteases. Selection and use of functional groups will depend on the application desired, as illustrated herein.
The term "anionically dissociating functional groups" as used herein means those ion-exchange groups whose counter ion is an anion. Anionically dissociating groups have the ability catalyze chemical reactions and to absorb and/or immobilize target compounds or other functional groups and are capable of entering into neutralizing reactions with acidic substances such as hydrogen sulfide or mercaptans, allowing for a wide range of uses with effective removal of the acidic substances.
The term "cationically dissociating functional groups" as used herein means those ion-exchange groups whose counter ion is a cation. A typical cationically dissociating group is an acid group. Cationically dissociating groups have the ability to catalyze chemical reactions and adsorb and/or immobilize target compounds or other functional groups and are capable of releasing a proton (hydrogen ion) to enter into neutralizing reaction with basic substances, say, ammonia or amines. As a result, these groups provide a wide range of uses with basic substances.
The term "hydrophilic functional groups" as used herein refers to groups that have an affinity for water but do not undergo significant ionic dissociation upon contact with water.
Hydrophilic groups have the ability to catalyze chemical reactions and adsorb and/or immobilize target compounds or other functional groups, by providing a hydration shell, or by providing a reactive surface. An example of such group, without limitation, is a hydroxyl group.
The term "hydrophobic functional groups" as used herein refers to groups that do not have an affinity for water. Hydrophobic groups have the ability to catalyze chemical reactions and adsorb andlor immobilize target compounds or other functional groups, by excluding water, or by providing a surface for hydrophobic interactions, or by providing a reactive surface. An example of such group, without limitation, is a nonionic group, an ester group, a succinimide group or an epoxy group.
Detaileel Description of the Invention The present invention provides for compositions and methods of immobilizing functional groups to polymer brushes grafted to one or more materials.
Immobilization methods include entrapment, gelification, physical retention or adsorption, ionic binding, covalent binding or cross-linking (see, Biotechnol. Bioeng., 22:735-756, 1980;
Chem. Eng.
Prog., 86:81-89, 1990; J. Am. Chem. Soc., 117:2732-2737, 1995; Enzyme Microb.
Technol., 14:426-446, 1997; Trends Biotechnol., 13:468-473, 1997; Nat. Biotechnol., 15:789-793, 1997, each incorporated herein by reference). The immobilization method and the amount and kind of the functional groups used both determine the activity of the composition of the present invention. The resulting activity of the immobilized functional group can often further reduced by mass-transfer effects (see, Methods Enzymol., 44:397-413, 1976; J. Am.
Chern. Soc., 114:7314-7316, 1992; Trends Biotechnol., 14:223-229, 1996; Angew.
Chem., 109:746-748, 1997, each incorporated herein by reference). The activity following immobilization can be further reduced as a result of the diminished availability of the functional groups, i.e., due to steric hindrance, entrapment within brushes, pores or other structures on the material substrate, or by slow diffusion of the functional groups. Such limitations lead to lowered efficiency. It is an objective of the present invention to provide materials having a high capacity for functional groups immobilized thereto, The invention is usable with a wide variety of materials, i. e., all polymeric plastics, such as, for example, polyurethanes, polyamides, polyesters, polyethers, polyether-block amides, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride, polycarbonates, polyorganosiloxanes, polyolefins, polysulfones, polyisoprene, polychloroprene, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), corresponding copolymers and blends, as well as natural and synthetic rubbers, metal, glass or wooden bodies. The compositions have multifiuictional properties and can be used to separate, remove, purify, synthesize, concentrate and immobilize compounds, and axe particularly suited to the harsh operating environments, i. e., extreme temperatures and pressures, chemical concentrations, electrical charges, etc., from commercial processes.
In general, the desired target compound is in a sample solution, which can be passed directly through the compositions, as in a filtration membrane, tube, pipet tip or a chromatography matrix. Liquids containing cells or other large insoluble particles may require pre-treatment to separate the larger particles from the smaller soluble ones. However, the polymer brush sizes and brush density provide a degree of physical filtration, and the compositions can be woven or otherwise fabricated into filtration devices if appropriate.
While an aqueous sample solution is often described, one skilled in the art will realize that gaseous samples may be employed. Examples of filter elements for adsorbing gaseous components of a gas stream are described in, for example, United States Patent Application 20020002904 A1, to Gentilcore, et al., published January 10, 2002, herein incorporated by reference. In addition, a membrane or fiber is often described, but the compositions of the invention illustrated below can comprise other forms as described herein. Thus the following is illustrative and are not meant to be limiting examples of the present invention.
Materials Useful in the P~ese~zt Invention In general, the material of the present invention is not limited to any particular type, and any substrate that permits grafting or affixation of the polymer brush is an appropriate material. Treatment of a material surface is acceptable if the original material is not itself sufficient for the polymerization reaction. In such cases, the surface treatment according to the invention can be, for example, a coating formed from a polymeric material.
Materials useful in the present invention are widely available, for example polyolefins (low density or high density) including polyethylene and polypropylene, cellulose (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem.
1990, 36:581; J. Membr. Sci. 1993, 85:71), poly(isobutylene oxide) (see, Radiat. Phys.
Chem. 1987, 30:151), ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene copolymer (see, J.
Electrochem. Soc.
1996, 143: 2795) ethylene-propylene-dime terpolymer (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem.
1991, 37:
83) ethylene-propylene rubber (see, Nippon Gensiryoku Gakkaishi, 1977, 19:340) chlorosulfonated polyethylene (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1991, 37:83) polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) (see, React. Polym. 1993, 21:187; Radiat. Phys.
Chem.
1989, 33:539) tetrafluroethylene-hexafluoropropylene copolymer (see, Radiat.
Phys. Chem.
1988, 32:193) polyvinyl chloride) (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1978, 11:327) silicone rubber (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1988, 32: 605) polyurethanes (see, Radiat. Phys.
Chem. 1981, 18:
323) polyesters (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1988, 31: 579) butadiene-styrene copolymer (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1990, 35: 132) natural and nitrite rubbers (see, Radiat.
Phys. Chem.
1989, 33: 87) cellulose acetate and propionate (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1990, 36: 581) starch and cotton fabric (see, Zhurn, Vsesoyuz. I~him. Ob-va im. D. I.
Mendeleeva. 1981, 26:401) polyester-cellulose fabric (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1981, 18:253) natural leather (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1980, 16:411) and medical gauze (see, Zhurn.
Vsesoyuz. Khim.
Ob-va im. D. I. Mendeleeva. 1981, 26:401) hydrophilic polyurethanes, polyureas, olefins, acrylics, as well as other hydrophilic components. Particular materials include polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol copolymers and other poloxamers, heterocyclic monomers (see, Applied Radiation Chemistry: Radiation Processing, Robert J.
Woods and Alexei K. Pikaev, John Wiley 8c Sons, Inc., 1994 (ISBN 0-471-54452-3)), polyethylene glycol) methacrylate or dimethacrylate (see, J. Appl. Polym.
Sci., 1996, 61:2373-2382), polyamine (such as polyethyleneimine), polyethylene oxide), and styrene.
These coatings preferably are covalently bonded to the surface which is being treated. Many methods for forming the coating exist, and include the steps of adsorbing the polymeric material to the surface, and then covalently attaching the polymeric material to the surface by exposure to UV radiation, RF energy, heat, X-ray radiation, gamma radiation, electron beams, chemical initiated polymerization or the like.
A material provides a plurality of surfaces, and may be itself a polymerizable substrate having a radical-polymerizable terminal group, for example, celluloses, polyolefins, polyacrylonitriles, polyesters such as PET and PBT, polyamides such as nylon 6 and nylon 66, as well as combinations of these. An appropriate material may not itself be polymerizable, but is suitable for the present invention provided polymer brushes can be grafted, affixed, or otherwise adhered to the non-polymerizable material.
A carbohydrate polymer, such as cellulose or lignin, or a similar material, can be used as the material. An example of a composition and method of a grafted carbohydrate polymer having pendant 3-amino-2-hydroxy propyl groups grafted thereon, for use as a retention aid and strengthening additive in paper manufacture is described in United States Patent Application 20020026992 A1, to Antal, et al., published March 7, 2002, incorporated herein by reference. The method of radiatioxi induced grafting to cellulose is described in, Yamagishi et al., (1993) J. Membr. Sci., 85, 71-80, incorporated herein by reference.
When the carbohydrate polymer is a component of wood pulp the resulting chemically modified wood pulp may be employed in conjunction with unmodified wood pulp to incorporate therein the retention and strengthening characteristics.
Typical sources of the carbohydrates, specifically celluloses that can be used as the material include wood celluloses such as paper pulp and wood chips. In addition to these celluloses, leaf fiber cellulose, stem fiber cellulose and seed tomentous or pubescent fiber cellulose can also be used. Examples of such celluloses include bast fibers (e.g., hemp, flax, ramie and Manila hemp) and cotton.
If desired, rice straw, coffee bean husk, spent tea leaves, soy pulp and other waste can be recycled for use as cellulose. Such waste is very convenient to use as a material because it does not require any special preliminary treatments. One such source for cellulose for use in the present invention is paper pulp.
Metallic materials can be grafted with biologically active compounds, for example surface-modified medical metallic materials having a gold or silver thin layer plated onto a base metal, as described in United States Patent Application 20010037144, Al to I~im, et al., published November 1, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
Animal tissues such as fiber, hair, and leather can be used as the material.
One skilled in the art would be able to determine if an animal product provided the desired properties for use as a material. For example, where it is desired that the invention be used in a mechanical filtration, fibers, for example, can be woven or otherwise fabricated into among other forms, membrane compositions or sheets. Examples of fibers or animal hairs that can be used as materials include wool, camel hair, alpaca, cashmere, mohair, goat hair, rabbit hair, and silk.
Examples of natural leather that can be used as materials include cowskin, goatskin, and the skin or hide of reptiles. Examples of synthetic leather that can be used as materials include CORFAM~ (DuPont), CLARINO~ (Kuraray), and ECSAINE~ (Toray).
Polyolefins can also be used as materials (see, Applied Radiation Chemistry:
Radiation Processing, Robert J. Woods and Alexei K. Pikaev, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994 (ISBN 0-471-54452-3), Introduction to Radiation Chemistry 3rd Edition, J.W.T. Spinks and R.J. Woods, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1990 (ISBN 0-471-61403-3), Radiation Chemistry of Polymeric Systems, A. Chapiro, Interscience, New York, 1962, Atomic Radiation and Polymers, A Charlesby, Pergamon Press, 1960, Radiat. Phys. Chem.
1991, 37:175-192, and Prog. Polym. Sci. 2000, 25:371-401 (all incorporated herein by reference in their entirety). Polyolefins can be fabricated into many shapes and forms.
They are capable of being molded, thermoformed, poured, extruded and otherwise shaped by processes well known in the art, such as the formation of fibers or filaments by conventional melt spinning processes. In addition, polyolefm compounds are useful in among other industries, the biotechnology industry, largely because polyolefin products are resistant to chemical degradation from common laboratory reagents, are durable and can be reused, and are chemically inert, and are inexpensive and often disposable. Polyolefin compounds are currently preferred materials as they demonstrate these properties and additionally provide a polymerizable substrate having a radical-polymerizable terminal group. Olefin monomers and polymers are well suited to the grafting techniques of the invention both as materials and additionally as reactive monomers. Examples of polyolefins include, for example, polyethylene and polypropylene. If desired, these materials can be modified, for example by incorporating halogens into the polymer, such as chlorine, fluorine, or bromine, for example the halogenated polyolefm, polytetraflurorethylene. Other modifications such as incorporation of hydroxyl groups into the polymer are also appropriate.
Polyolefinic polymers having weight-averaged molecular weights in the range of from 20,000 to 750,000 daltons are suitable for the present invention. One skilled in the art would know which molecular weights are appropriate for the particular purpose. For example, a polyolefin having a molecular weight from about 50,000 daltons to about 500,000 daltons is suitable to use in the production of fiber or filament, used for example, in a membrane comprising polyolefin filaments or fibers (see, above) further comprising brushes having combinations of functional groups affixed thereto. When the molecular weight of a polyolefin is greater than about 500,000 daltons, the fluidity ofthe resultant polyolefin is low, and it is difficult to form the polyolefin into such a filament by conventional melt spinning processes.
However, the structural rigidity of a polyolefin greater than about 500,000 daltons is suitable, for example, in high density applications such as containers, freezing vials for cells, and the like. By contrast, when the molecular weight of a polyolefin is lower than about 50,000 daltons, the strength and rigidity of the polymer is lessened and a filament obtained therefrom does not have a sufficient tensile strength. However the structural rigidity of a polyolefm when the molecular weight of a polyolefin is lower than about 50,000 daltons is suitable, for example, in a powder or microcrystaline composition. An example of a polymerized grafted and crosslinkable thermoplastic polyolefin powder composition in the form of a powder intended for the production of flexible coatings by its free flow over a hot mold is described in United States Patent Application 20020019487 Al, to Valligy, et al., published February 14, 2002, hereby incorporated by reference. Another polymerized grafted and crosslinkable thermoplastic polyolefin powder composition is described in EP0409992, incorporated by reference, is directed to a process for the preparation of particles of crosslinkable thermoplastic polyolefin polymers according to which said particles are brought into contact, in the solid state, with the crosslinking agent, in particular by means of a mineral oil.
The shape of the material is not limited in any particular way, and various shapes can be employed as selected from among fibers, films, flakes, powders, sheets, mats and spheres.
The material of the present invention has the function of serving as a structural member that supports the polymer brushes. From the viewpoint of maximizing the area of adsorption and/or immobilization and enhancing the efficiency of adsorption and/or immobilization, the use of fibrous materials is advantageous. Grafted fibers in porous hollow fiber membrane configurations or woven or otherwise fabricated into sheets provide two examples of a substantially enhanced brush surface area. Materials with lumenal inner surfaces can also be adapted to enhance brush surface area by manufacturing the material such that the lumenal surface contains irregularities or projections. An analogous illustration of this embodiment may be found in physiology, using the small intestine as an example: the mucosal surface contains villiar projections (i.e., the surface irregularities) and upon each villus are thousands of microvillar structures (i.e., the polymer brushes).
Woven fiber sizes appropriate for the present invention range from about 10 nm to about 100,000 nm. It is particularly advantageous to use woven fibrous materials having fiber diameters of from about 1000 nm to about 50,000 nm. One of the reasons why fibrous materials are advantageous is that they can be easily worked or woven into a desired shape, i.e., a fabric, and assembled in a device. Further, fibrous materials generally have no potential to release fine particles or dust into the atmosphere and, hence, they can be used in semiconductors and other areas of precision machining. If fibrous materials are to be used, they can be staple fibers or filaments. Such fibers can be processed into woven or nonwoven fabrics. If the membrane of the present invention employs a fibrous substrate, it can be used in admixture with other fibrous materials. Combinations of fibers thereby comprising different functional groups can be fabricated, thus providing for multifunctional properties in a single membrane composition.
Fibers can also be porous hollow fibers manufactured as nonwoven substrates.
Examples of commercially available porous hollow fibers are those manufactured by Asahi Chemical Industry, Corp., described herein. These can have a broad range of porosity and be fabricated into, for example, filtration devices. Furthermore, a combination of porosity and fiber composition thereby provides physical and molecular immobilization, filtration or concentration. If fibrous materials are to be used in a spherical form, their diameter is advantageously adjusted to lie between about 2 and 20 mm, simply from the viewpoint of ease of handling. The porosity of the material of the present invention has an average pore diameter of about 0.1 nm to about 50,000 nm, and preferably about 1 nm to 5000 nm, and more preferably 10 to 1000 nm from the standpoint of the desired functional activity and permeability of the material. ~ne skilled in the art could determine the optimal composition and porosity for a given application. When the average pore diameter is too small, the permeability of the membrane composition is decreased. When the average pore diameter is too large, desired substances would are not well adsorbed on the brush surface of the porous material. Instead, the subject sample would pass through the pores of the porous material without contacting the brush surface and functional groups, so that the activity of the desired functional group cannot be attained. The porosity of the porous material of the present invention is preferably in the range of from 20 to 90 %, more preferably SO to 90 %. The degree of porosity depends e.g., on the physical properties of the material used.
Measurement of porosity and pore size etc. of a material is generally well known in the art, for example, the bubble point method, mercury pressure method, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) or Tunneling Electron Microscopy (TEM) or the nitrogen adsorption method (see, ASTM F316, 1970; Pharmaceutical Tech., 1978, 2:65-75; Filtration in the Pharmaceutical Industry, Marcel Dekker, 1987, incorporated herein by reference).
Agents for Ge~e~ati~g Radicals The agent generating radicals which are capable of creating radical sites is an organic peroxide or a perester such as, for example, tert-butylperoxy 3,5,5-trimethylhexanoat- e, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(benzoylperoxy)hexane, tent-butyl-peroxy 2-ethylhexyl carbonate, tert-butylperoxy acetate, tert-amylperoxy benzoate, tent-butylperoxy benzoate, 2,2-di(tert-butylperoxy)butane, n-butyl 4,4-di(tert-butyl-peroxy)valerate, ethyl 3,3-di(tert-butylperoxy)-butyrate, dicumyl peroxide, tert-butyl cumyl peroxide, di-tert-amyl peroxide, di(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene, 2,5-dimethyl-2,6-di(ter- t-butylperoxy)hexane, di-tert-butyl peroxide, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-tert-but- ylperoxy-3-hexyne, 3,3,6,6,9,9-hexamethyl-1,2,4,5-tetraoxacyclononane, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, 3,4-dimethyl-3,4-diphenylhexane, 2,3-dimethyl-2,3-diphenylbutane and tert-butyl perbenzoate and azo compounds, for example azobisisobutyronitrile and dimethyl azodiisobutyrate; the said agent is preferably chosen within the group consisting of dicumyl peroxide, tert-butyl cumyl peroxide, di-tert-amyl peroxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(tertbutylperoxy)- -3-hexyne.
Radiation Induced Graft Polyme~izatio~
Graft polymerization can be carried out, for example, by polymerization in the presence of a chemical or inducible polymerization initiator, thermal polymerization, irradiation-induced polymerization using ionizing radiation (e.g., alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, accelerated electron rays. X-rays, or ultraviolet rays).
Polymerization induced by gamma rays or accelerated electron rays provides a convenient graft polymerization method.
Several methods of graft polymerization of a reactive monomer to a material exist.
The material can be a formed article or can be manufactured into a product or device at a later time. Liquid phase polymerization, in which a formed article is directly reacted with a liquid reactive monomer, and gaseous or vapor phase polymerization, in which a formed axticle is brought into contact with vapor or gas of a reactive monomer, are two polymerization methods that are useful in the present invention according to the end use or purpose. Vapor phase grafting is described in J. Membr. Sci. 1993, 85:71-80, Chem. Mater.
1991, 3:987-989, Chem. Mater. 1990, 2:705-708, and AIChE J. 1996, 42:1095-1100, all of which axe herein incorporated by reference.
Graft polymerization of the reactive monomer to the material is performed.
Grafting proceeds in three different ways: (a) pre-irradiation; (b) peroxidation and (c) mutual irradiation technique. In the pre-irradiation technique, the first polymer backbone is irradiated in vacuum or in the presence of an inert gas to form radicals. The irradiated polymer substrate is then treated with the monomer, which is either liquid or vapor or as a solution in a suitable solvent. However, in the peroxidation grafting method, the trunk polymer is subjected to high-energy radiation in the presence of air or oxygen. The result is the formation of hydroperoxides or diperoxides depending on the nature of the polymeric backbone and the irradiation conditions. The peroxy products, which are stable, are then treated with the monomer at higher temperature, whence the peroxides undergo decomposition to radicals, which then initiate grafting. The advantage of this technique is that the intermediate peroxy products can be stored for long periods before performing the grafting step. On the other hand, with the mutual irradiation technique the polymer and the monomers are irradiated simultaneously to form the radicals and thus addition takes place.
Since the monomers are not exposed to radiation in the preirradiation technique, the obvious advantage of that method is that it is relatively free from the problem of homopolymer formation which occurs with the simultaneous technique. However, the decided disadvantage of the pre-irradiation technique is the scission of the base polymer due to its direct irradiation, which brings forth predominantly the formation of block copolymers rather than graft copolymers.
The material substrate surfaces activated in this way are coated in a solution including reactive monomers, for example, tert-butylaminoethyl methacrylate, by known methods, such as by dipping, spraying or brushing. Suitable solvents have proved to be water and water/ethanol mixtures, although other solvents can also be used if they have a sufficient dissolving power for tent-butylaminoethyl methacrylate, and wet the material substrate surfaces thoroughly. Solutions having reactive monomer contents of 0.1 % to 10% by weight, for example about 5% by weight, have proved suitable in practice and in general give continuous coatings which cover the substrate surface and have coating thicknesses which can be more than 0.1 ~,m in one pass. Two, three, or more different reactive monomers can be cografted to the material, see, Chem. Mater. 1999, 11:1986-1989, J. Membr.
Sci. 1993, 81:295-305, J. Electrochem. Soc. 1995, 142:3659-3663, and React. Polym. 1993, 21:187-191, all incorporated herein by reference.
A reactive monomer is any compound that is capable of participating in a radical induced graft polymerization reaction. The reactive monomer thus incorporates in the side chain reaction, and forms polymer brushes. The term monomer is used for simplicity, as side reactions between reactive monomers can create oligomers before these are in turn involved in the polymerization reaction with the material, and oligomers or even polymers are also useful reactive species for the present invention. As described above, monomer side chain brushes can be obtained, comprising multiple functional groups, i. e., three functional groups on a single monomeric brush.
The material and reactive monomer may be the same compound, for example, a polyethylene material may utilize ethylene monomers or polymers in the grafting reaction.
Reactive monomers that can be used in the present invention include, for example, vinyl monomers and heterocyclic monomers. Other specific examples of suitable reactive monomers include vinyl monomers containing a glycidyl group, e.g., glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methylitaconate, ethyl glycidyl maleate, and glycidyl vinyl sulfonate; and vinyl monomers containing a cyano group, e.g., acrylonitrile, vinylidene cyanide, crotononitrile, methacrylonitrile, chloroacrylonitrile, 2-cyanoethyl methacrylate, and 2-cyanoethyl acrylate. These have epoxide groups for immobilization of functional groups and vinyl groups, which provide reactive polymerization sites and are thereby useful as reactive monomers. Ring-opening, i. e., the conversion of the epoxy groups into diol groups of the poly-GMA brushes is described in J. Membr. Sci. 1996, 117:33-38 (incorporated by reference).
The reactive monomers are covalently bonded to the material through the polymerization reaction, or are separately formed and affixed or adhered to the material. The reactive monomers form polymer brushes that are thereby grafted to the material. The degree of grafting is determined by the choice of material and reactive monomer, the polymerization method, and the desired length and width of the brushes. In certain cases, the resultant polymer brushes of the invention have bioactive properties themselves, for example, tert-butylaminoethyl methacrylate on a surface of an article or apparatus displays antimicrobial activity.
Measurement of modified or grafted materials can be determined by, for example degree of grafting, assaying thickness or weight, water content, IR method (FTIR-ATR, etc), titration for ion-exchange groups, zeta-potential, Donnan method, atomic force microscopy (AFM), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), determination of contact angle, XPS
(X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy), XMA (x-ray microanalysis), and SIMS (secondary ion mass spectrometry).
The grafting copolymerization of the reactive monomer applied to the activated surfaces is also effected by radical induced polymerization initiated by, for example, short wavelength radiation in the visible range or in the long wavelength segment of the UV range of electromagnetic radiation. The radiation of a UV-Excimer of wavelengths 250 to 500 nm, preferably 290 to 320 nm, for example, is particularly suitable. Mercury vapor lamps are also suitable here if they emit considerable amounts of radiation in the ranges mentioned. The exposure times generally range from 10 seconds to 30 minutes, preferably 2 to 15 minutes. A
suitable source of radiation is, for example, a UV-Excimer apparatus HERAEUS
Noblelight, Hanau, Germany. However, mercury vapor lamps are also suitable for activation of the substrate if they emit considerable proportions of radiation in the ranges mentioned. The exposure time generally ranges from 0.1 second to 20 minutes, preferably 1 second to 10 minutes.
The activation of the reactive monomers and materials with UV radiation can furthermore be carried out with an additional photosensitizer. Suitable such photosensitizers include, for example, benzophenone, as such are applied to the surface of the substrate and irradiated. In this context, irradiation can be conducted with a mercury vapor lamp using exposure times of 0.1 second to 20 minutes, preferably 1 second to 10 minutes.
According to the invention, the activation can also be achieved by a high frequency or microwave plasma (Hexagon, Technics Plasma, X5551 Kirchheim, Germany) in air or a nitrogen or argon atmosphere. The exposure times generally range from 30 seconds to 30 minutes, preferably 2 to 10 minutes. The energy output of laboratory apparatus is between 100 and 500 W, preferably between 200 and 300 W.
For example, a Corona apparatus (SOFTAL, Hamburg, Germany) can furthermore be used for the polymer activation. In this case, the exposure times are, as a rule, 1 to 10 minutes, preferably 1 to 60 seconds.
The flaming of surfaces likewise leads to activation of the reactive monomers and materials. Suitable apparatus, in particular those having a barrier flame front, can be constructed in a simple manner or obtained, for example, from ARCOTEC, 71297 Monsheim, Germany. The apparatus can employ hydrocarbons or hydrogen as the combustible gas. In all cases, harmful overheating of the materials must be avoided, which is easily achieved by intimate contact with a cooled metal surface on the substrate surface facing away from the flaming side. Activation by flaming is accordingly limited to relatively thin, flat materials. The exposure times generally range from 0.1 second to 1 minute, preferably 0.5 to 2 seconds. The flames without exception are nonluminous and the distances between the substrate surfaces and the outer flame front ranges from 0.2 to 5 cm, preferably O.Sto2cm.
In the case of ionizing radiation initiated polymerization, in addition to the ultraviolet radiation discussed above, electron beams, X-rays, alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, etc., can be used. Graft polymerization condition changes with such variables, as the crystalline and amorphous structure of the material polymer, the influence of solvent or gasses, temperature, pH, the hydrophobicity/hydrophilicity of the material, reactive monomers, irradiation dose and intervals of exposure, aid the type of radicals generated by irradiation.
One skilled in the art would recognize such variables and adjust experimental conditions accordingly, for example activation by electron beams or gamma-rays, from a cobalt-60 source allow short exposure times which generally range from about 0.1 to about 60 seconds and employ dose ranges of about 1 to about 500 kGy. These high energy radiation sources are appropriate for applications where it is desirable to initiate a radical induced polymerization reaction on one or more intraluminal surfaces of a material.
Multiple grafting steps can also be used to create the polymer brushes.
Radicals are generated in the material, for example a polymer material is irradiated at an ambient temperature under nitrogen atmosphere to create radicals for polymer grafting.
In the currently preferred embodiment, irradiation is performed by using an electron beam accelerator. Graft polymerization of reactive monomers (for example, liquid phase grafting) is performed on the material to allow the formation of polymer brushes. As such, grafted polymer #1 is obtained. The above processes are repeated to obtain grafted polymer #2, grafted polymer #3 and so on. Moreover, the grafting process can be stopped at any step depending on the desired complexity of the brush structure. Different reactive monomers can be used at each grafting step, providing a plurality of brush compositions for immobilizing numerous types of functional groups or bioactive molecules thereto. The process can include immobilization of functional groups followed by additional grafting reactions.
Functionalized Polymer Brushes The present invention provides materials having grafted polymer brushes, and methods of making the same as. While these polymer brush structures are designed to have specific physical properties themselves, due to, for example, their size, brush density and brush morphology, the invention provides that these polymer brushes may be functionalized, i.e., the brushes have one or more types of functional groups immobilized thereto. Methods of immobilizing functional groups to particular substrates are known in the art, and axe applicable for immobilizing the same to the present materials using the teachings provided herein. One or more types of functional groups can be immobilized to the materials, i. e., one, two, three, four, or five or more different types of functional groups may be used, depending on the desired functionality.
Agents for Immobilizing Functiov~al Groups to the Brushes The polymer brush structures of the present invention include reactive groups on the brush surface, thus permitting the immobilization of functional groups thereto resulting in materials having functional or multifunctional properties. Different methods for immobilization of functional groups to the polymer brushes include, for example, physical adsorption (non-covalent bridges such as ionic and hydrogen bonds, hydrophobic interactions and van der Waals forces), immobilization via reactive groups, aminopropyltriethoxysilane , bridges, glutaraldehyde, or bis(sulfosuccinimidyl) suberate activation, or via aldehydye groups, phosphoramidite groups, peptide groups, binding through biotin or avidin, protein A
or G, attachment via metal-carrying media, such as chelate-forming .iminodiacetate groups, copper ions, nickel ions, ferric or ferrous ions, zinc ions, magnesium ions, manganese ions, cobalt ions or similar charged species including complexes of the same, covalent attachment of oxidized groups, for example to oxidize the carbohydrate moieties in an antibody's Fc region with periodate to form aldehyde groups, which are then chemically bound to hydrazide-activated solid supports such as agarose, silica, acrylic-based copolymers, and cellulose. Methods for immobilization of nucleic acids include, for example, adsorption: (i) electrochemical adsorption: electrostatic attraction between the positively charged solid support and the negatively charged oligonucleotides. (ii) hybridization between electrochemically adsorbed oligonucleotides and its complementary target for sequence specific hybridization, avidin-biotin complexation, covalent attachment: (i) through deoxyguaosine group using carbodiimide method (in other words, carboxylic group (-COOH)), (ii) amino groups (-NH2), phosphoric acid groups. Organic synthesis (or peptide synthesis) can be performed directly on the polymer brushes or on functional groups immobilized thereto (see, U.S. patent number 6,306,975, incorporated by reference). Other coupling chemistries are well known in the art, and by using graft polymerization, one can prepare solid supports having a plurality of functional groups (see, J.
Biochem. Biophys.
Methods 2001, 49:467-480, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1987, 30:263-270, Biosens.
Bioelectron.
2000, 15:291-303, Analytica Chimica Acta 1997, 346:259-275, Chem. Rev. 2000, 100:
2091-2157, Tetrahedron 1998, 54: 15383-15443, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1986, 27:265-273, and Solid-Phase Synthesis and Combinatorial Technologies by Pierfausto Seneci, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc:, 2000, all incorporated herein by reference).
Another method of immobilizing a molecule to the brush surface includes, without limitation, silanes of the formula SiX3-R, wherein X is a methyl group or a halogen atom such as chlorine and R is a functional group which can be a coating material as described herein or a group which is reactive with a coating material. Particular silane-terminated compounds include vinyl silanes, silane-terminated acrylics, silane-terminated polyethylene glycols (PEGs), silane-terminated isocyanates and silane-terminated alcohols.
The silanes can be reacted with the surface by various means known to those skilled in the art. For example, dichloro methyl vinyl silane can be reacted with the surface in aqueous ethanol.
This strongly binds to the surface via --O--Si bonds or directly with the silicon atom. The vinyl group of the silane can then be reacted with polymeric materials as described herein using appropriate conventional chemistries. For example, a methacrylate-terminated PEG
can be reacted with the vinyl group of the silane, resulting in a PEG that is covalently bonded to the surface of the present device.
In addition, spacer molecules may be inserted between the functional group and the polymer brush, as is known in the art, to facilitate binding or improve the activity of the functional group or bioactive molecule. The extended morphology of the brushes can function as spacers, or additional chemical spacers can be used. Branch-like grafted brush structures often provide optimal steric positioning of laxger functional groups, or ones having larger cognate targets.
These functional groups impart to the compositions of the invention particular properties. For example, the functional groups can change the effective or active surface area and thereby change the adsorptive capacity. In certain embodiments, they provide for particular brush shapes. In other embodiments they impart a particular strength, chemical resistance, enzymatic property, affinity for a target, or provide other effective functionality to the materials, such as the ability to catalyze a reaction or deliver a compound to cells.
Functional groups that are appropriate for immobilization by the brushes in the compositions of the present invention include, for example, ion exchange functional groups, i.e., anionically dissociating groups and cationically dissociating groups, hydrophilic functional groups, affinity functional groups, enzymatic functional groups, and other such functional groups that have the ability to adsorb and/or immobilize other molecules, or cause a catalytic reaction, alone or in combination with mechanical or physical properties of the polymer brush structures, i. e., adjusting the density and morphology of the brushes to optimize the surface area of a charged group, or to increase the activity of catalytic sites, or sterically optimize the binding sites of the functional groups immobilized thereto, thereby optimizing their association with a particular ligand or target.
One or more kinds of anionically dissociating substances can be immobilized by the polymer brushes. Examples of suitable anionically dissociating groups include quaternary ammonium salts and primary, secondary, and tertiary amino or amido groups.
Specific examples include an amino group, a methylamino group, a dirnethylamino group, and a diethylamino group. Preferred anionically dissociating groups include the amino group and quaternary ammonium salts. Reactive monomers that have such anionically dissociating groups and that are useful in the present invention include, for example, vinylbenzyltrimethyl ammonium salt, diethylaminoethyl methacrylate, dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, diethylaminoethyl acrylate, diethylaminomethyl methacrylate, tertiary-butylaminoethyl acrylate, tertiary-butylaminoethyl methacrylate and dimethylaminopropylacrylamide. Also useful in the present invention are reactive monomers that have epoxide groups capable of conversion to anionically dissociating groups. An example of such a reactive monomer is glycidyl methacrylate. An example of an amine capable of converting the epoxide group to an anionically dissociating group is diethylamine.
One or more kinds of cationically dissociating groups can be immobilized by the polymer brushes. Examples of such cationically dissociating groups include, for example, a carboxyl group, a sulfone group, a phosphate group, a sulfoethyl group, a phosphomethyl group, a carbomethyl group. Preferred cationically dissociating groups include a sulfone group and a carboxyl group. Reactive monomers that have such cationically dissociating groups and that are useful include, for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, styrenesulfonic acid and salts thereof, and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfoni.c acid.
One or more kinds of hydrophilic substances can be immobilized by the polymer brushes. Such hydrophilic groups are capable of trapping the water molecules present in air, forming a layer of adsorbed water on the surface of the membrane of the present invention.
Such hydrophilic groups will function in water in the same manner as in air.
Examples of suitable hydrophilic groups include, for example, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group (where the alkyl group is preferably a lower alkyl group), an amino group and a pyrrolidonyl group. Preferred hydrophilic groups include a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group and a pyrrolidonyl group. One or more kinds of hydrophilic groups can be immobilized onto the polymer brush. Reactive monomers that have such hydrophilic groups and that are useful in the present invention include, for example, ethanolamine, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxypropyl acrylate, vinylpyrrolidone, dimethylacrylamide, ethylene glycol monomethacrylate, ethylene glycol monoacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate and triethylene glycol methacrylate. Thus a polymer brush may itself comprise a functional group, or one may be immobilized to the brush.
One or more kinds of functional groups can be immobilized on the polymer brushes.
Such groups can be combined or immobilized in discrete multi-layers to impart an additional degree of functionality to the composition. For example, the present invention provides materials having enzymatic activity such as the ability to phosphorylate or dephosphorylate a target polypeptide substrate, the ability to digest, i. e., a nucleic acid at a restriction site, or hydrolyze a polypeptide, the ability to radiolabel a polynucleotide or polypeptide, i. e., using llas~ hay Psa~ Sss~ Crsi ~d other radionuclides, or the ability to catalyze a biological or chemical reaction. Examples of enzyme functional groups that can be bound to or isolated using the polymer brushes, and potential uses for those enzymes, include, but are not limited to ascorbic acid oxidase (e.g., for avoidance of interference of ascorbic acid on diagnostic assays of blood, urine, or other samples), aspartase (e.g., for conversion of fiunaric acid to L-aspartic acid), aminoacylase (e.g., for conversion of acetyl-D,L-amino acids to L-amino acids), tyrosinase (e.g., for synthesis of tyrosine from phenol, pyruvate and ammonia), lipase (e.g., for hydrolysis of a cyano-ester to ibuprofen or hydrolysis of a diltiazem precursor), penicillin amidase (e.g., for production of ampicillin and amoxycillin), hydantoinase and carbamylase (e.g., for hydrolysis of 5-p-HP-hydantoine to d-p-HP-glycine), DNase (e.g., for hydrolysis of DNA to oligonucleotides), bovine liver catalase (e.g., for hydrolysis of hydrogen peroxide), trypsin and chymotrypsin (e.g., for hydrolysis of whey proteins), arginase and aspaxaginase (e.g., for hydrolysis of arginine and asparagine), proteases (e.g., to remove organic stains from fabrics), lipases (e.g., to remove greasy stains from fabrics), amylase (e.g., to remove residues of starchy foods from fabrics), cellulase (e.g., to restore a smooth surface to fibers of fabrics and restore fabrics to their original colors), proteases and lipases (e.g., to intensify flavor and accelerate the aging process of foods), lactase (e.g., to produce low-lactose milk and related products for special dietary requirements), beta-glucanase (e.g., to help the clarification process of wines), cellulase (e.g., to aid the breakdown of cell walls in winemaking), pectinase (e.g., to improve fruit juice extraction and reduce juice viscosity), cellulase (e.g., to improve juice yield and color of fruit juice), lipase (e.g., for hydrolysis of fats and oils or the production of fatty acids, glycerine, fatty acids (e.g., used to produce pharmaceuticals, flavors, fragrances and cosmetics), alpha-amylase (e.g., for liquefaction of starch or fragmentation of gelatinized starch), aminoglucosidase (e.g., for saccharification or complete degradation of starch and dextrins into glucose), alpha-amylase (e.g., for conversion of starch to fructose), glucoamylase and pullulanase (e.g., for saccharification), glucose isomerase (e.g., for isomerization of glucose), beta-glucanase (e.g., for reduction of beta-glucans), beta-glucanase (e.g., for reduction of beta-glucans and pentosans), lipase, amidase and nitrilase (e.g., for manufacture of enantiomeric intermediates for drugs and agrochemicals), lipase (e.g., to remove fats in the de-greasing process in the leather industry), amylase and cellulase (e.g., to produce fibers from less valuable raw materials in the textiles industry), xylanase (e.g., as a bleaching catalyst during pretreatment for the manufacture of bleached pulp for paper), beta-galactosidase (e.g., for hydrolysis of lactose to glucose), trypsin and chymotrypsin (e.g., for hydrolysis of high-molecular-weight protein in milk), alpha-galactosidase and invertase (e.g., for hydrolysis of raffinose), alpha-amylase, beta-amylase, and pullulanase (e.g., for hydrolysis of starch to maltose), pectinase (e.g., for hydrolysis of pectins), endopeptidase (e.g., for hydrolysis of k-casein), protease and papain (e.g., for hydrolysis of collagen and muscle proteins), glucose oxidase and catalase (e.g., for conversion of glucose to gluconic acid), lipase (e.g., for hydrolysis of triglycerides to fatty acids and glycerol, hydrolysis of olive oil triglycerides, hydrolysis of soybean oil, butter oil glycerides and milk fat), cellulase and beta-glucosidase (e.g., for hydrolysis of cellulose to cellobiose and glucose), and fumarase (e.g., for hydrolysis of fiunaric acid to 1-malic acid). Alternatively, microorganisms or fragments thereof can be functional groups, for example, such as Pseudomonas dacunhae (e.g., for conversion of L-aspartic acid to L-alanine), Curvularia lunata/Candida simplex (e.g., for conversion of cortexolone to hydrocortisone and prednisolone), or Saccharomyces and other yeasts (e.g., for fermentation of sugars and anaerobic fermentation); all can be immobilized on the polymer brushes.
The functional groups can include all hydrophilic groups, anionically dissociating groups and/or cationically dissociating groups, and enzymes. Stated more specifically, the polymer brush can include multiple functional groups (e.g., anionically dissociating groups and hydrophilic groups, or alternatively cationically dissociating groups and hydrophilic groups) or three kinds of functional groups (e.g., hydrophilic groups, anionically dissociating groups, and cationically dissociating groups), or more (e.g., hydrophilic groups, anionically dissociating groups, cationically dissociating groups, enzymes, SpA and one or more immunoglobulins). Combinations of functional groups that are appropriate in the present invention include, for example, an ionic group and a non-ionic group, i. e., an amine group with a coexisting hydrophilic group. A preferred embodiment additionally comprises a second functional group in combination with the first functional groups described above. In a currently preferred embodiment, the first, second, third, and fourth functional groups are immobilized on the polymer brushes in multilayers. Thus, one of the major features of the present invention is that different kinds of molecules having hydrophilic domains (non-ions) present in a sample solution with molecules having ionic domains (anions and/or cations), or molecules having a phosphorylation state, or a binding site or nucleotide or polypeptide sequence can be recovered, purified, concentrated and isolated, modified, synthesized, or otherwise utilized with the compositions of the invention. The functional group may be altered to change the binding of a substrate bioactive molecule, to thereby tailor the dissociation rate ih vivo, and provide controlled release of the substrate bioactive molecule bound thereto. Such alteration or chemical modification may be effectuated on the compositions of the present invention, or the modifications may be effectuated before immobilization to the polymer brush surface.
The functional groups can include antibodies or domains or fragments thereof.
Hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, provide one method for immobilizing one or more antibodies to the polymer brushes via lysine residues, thereby producing functionalized materials with affinities for antigenic targets. The carbohydrate moieties, described above, provide yet another source for immobilization to the polymer brushes or to fractional groups.
The basic antibody structural unit is known to comprise a tetramer. Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one "light" (about 25 kDa) and one "heavy" chain (about 50-70 kDa). The amino-terminal portion of each chain includes a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition. The carboxy-terminal portion of each chain defines a constant region primarily responsible for effector function. Human light chains are classified as kappa and lambda light chains. Heavy chains are classified as mu, delta, gamma, alpha, or epsilon, and define the antibody's isotype as IgM, IgD, IgA, and IgE, respectively. Within light and heavy chains, the variable and constant regions are joined by a "J" region of about 12 or more amino acids, with the heavy chain also including a "D" region of about 10 more amino acids.
See generally, Fu~cdamehtal Immunology Ch. 7 (Paul, W., ed., 2nd ed. Raven Press, N.Y.
(1989)) (incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes). The variable regions of each light/heavy chain pair form the antibody binding site. Thus, an intact antibody has two binding sites. Except in bifunctional or bispecific antibodies, the two binding sites are the same. The chains all exhibit the same general structure of relatively conserved framework regions (FR) joined by three hyper variable regions, also called complementarity determining regions or CDRs. The CDRs from the two chains of each pair are aligned by the framework regions, enabling binding to a specific epitope. From N-terminal to C-terminal, both light and heavy chains comprise the domains FRl, CDRl, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3 and FR4.
The assignment of amino acids to each domain is in accordance with the definitions of Rabat Sequences of Proteins of Immu~ological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987 and 1991)), or Chothia & Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987);
Chothia et al.
Nature 342:878-883 (1989). All such domains or fragments or sequences therefrom may be immobilized on polymer brushes by the methods described herein. In one aspect, immobilization of an immunoglobulin to the polymer brushes through the CH2 or domains is preferred. Without being restricted to theory, it is believed such immobilization decreases steric hindrance and increases the surface area available for antigen binding.
A bispecific or bifunctional antibody is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites. These provide for increased functionality of the materials, as two targets can be bound by one immunoglobulin molecule, useful for example, where it is desirable to crosslink two targets, such as in an enzymatic reaction. Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai & Lachmann Clin. Exp.
Immu~ol. 79: 315-321 (1990), I~ostelny et al. J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553 (1992).
Production of bispecific antibodies can be a relatively labor intensive process compared with production of conventional antibodies and yields and degree of purity are generally lower for bispecific antibodies. Bispecific antibodies do not exist in the form of fragments having a single binding site (e.g., Fab, Fab', and Fv) but a bispecific antibody can be immobilized as described, and provides an additional functional property for the polymer brushes, i.e., an additional specificity for a ligand. Multiple isotypes, species, and epitope recognition properties can be imported to the polymer brushes by the methods described herein.
Humanized, or chimeric antibodies are also appropriate immunoglobulins for developing functionalized materials according to the present invention. Such approaches for generating these are further discussed and delineated in U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos.
07/466,008, filed January 12, 1990, 07/610,515, filed November 8, 1990, 07/919,297, filed July 24, 1992, 07/922,649, filed July 30, 1992, filed 08/031,801, filed March 15,1993, 08/112,848, filed August 27, 1993, 08/234,145, filed April 28, 1994, 08/376,279, filed January 20, 1995, 08/430, 938, April 27, 1995, 08/464,584, filed June 5, 1995, 08/464,582, filed June 5, 1995, 08/463,191, filed June 5, 1995, 08/462,837, filed June 5, 1995, 08/486,853, filed June 5, 1995, 08/486,857, filed June 5, 1995, 08/486,859, filed June 5, 1995, 08/462,513, filed June 5, 1995, 08/724,752, filed October 2, 1996, and 081759,620, filed December 3, 1996 and U.S. Patent Nos. 6,162,963, 6,150,584, 6,114,598, 6,075,181, and 5,939,598 and Japanese Patent Nos. 3 068 180 B2, 3 068 506 B2, and 3 068 507 B2.
See also Mendez et al. Nature Genetics 15:146-156 (1997) and Green and Jakobovits J.
Exp. Med. 188:483-495 (1998). See also European Patent No., EP 0 463 151 Bl, grant published June 12, 1996, International Patent Application No., WO 94/02602, published February 3, 1994, International Patent Application No., WO 96/34096, published October 31, 1996, WO 98/24893, published June 11, 1998, WO 00/76310, published December 21, 2000.
The disclosures of each of the above-cited patents, applications, and references are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Humanized, or chimeric antibodies or domains or fragments thereof can be immobilized to the polymer brushes as described.
Liposomes, microsponges and microspheres act as functional microdelivery groups, and may be immobilized to the materials described herein. These are useful for delivery of a compound contained within the microdelivery device to a target cell, where the cell is contacted with the functionalized materials having the liposomes, microsponges and microspheres containing the compound, immobilized thereto. Liposomes are lipid molecules formed into a typically spherically shaped arrangement defining aqueous and membranal inner compartments. Liposomes can be used to encapsulate compounds within the inner compartments, and deliver such compounds to desired sites within a cell. The compounds contained by the liposome may be released by the liposome and incorporated into a cell, as for example, by virtue of the similarity of the liposome to the lipid bilayer that makes up the cell membrane. A variety of suitable liposomes may be used, including those available from NeXstar Pharmaceuticals or Liposome, Inc. Liposomes may be immobilized to the polymer brushes by several methods, for example through interactions with the hydrophobic polymer brushes, or by a functional group, for example, a fatty acid functional group.
Uses include transfection of cell targets introduced to the functionalized materials having immobilized liposomes with nucleic acids contained within the liposomes.
Microsponges are high surface area polymeric spheres having a network of cavities which may contain compounds. The microsponges are typically synthesized by aqueous suspension polymerization using vinyl and acrylic monomers. The monomers may be mono or difunctional, so that the polymerized spheres may be cross-linked, thus providing shape stability. Process conditions and monomer selection can be varied to tailor properties such as pore volume and solvent swellability, and the microsponges may be synthesized in a controlled range of mean diameters, including small diameters of about 2 micrometers or less. A standard bead composition would be a copolymer of styrene and di-vinyl benzene (DVB). The compounds contained by the polymeric microsponges may be gradually released therefrom due to mechanical or thermal stress or sonication. A
variety of suitable microsponges may be used, if functionalized as by the procedures described herein, including those commercially available from Advanced Polymer Systems. Since these are themselves polymers, they can be grafted to the polymer brushes or otherwise immobilized by standard chemical techniques known in the art in view of the teachings described herein. Uses of such functionalized materials having microsponges include introduction of bioactive molecules or compounds contained within the microsponges into cell targets introduced to the functionalized materials.
Bipolar Functionalized Materials The techniques disclosed herein are applicable for the development of materials that have bipolar properties. These bipolar functionalized materials include materials having, for example, charged functional groups on one region or surface and oppositely charged functional groups on another region or surface. Example One describes the preparation and use of a bipolar membrane, but other embodiments are possible, and the morphology of the devices according to the invention is not limited to preparation of a functionalized membrane.
Other materials may be utilized, and selective grafting and immobilization of oppositely charged functional groups and including other functional groups of the present invention can be developed by stepwise grafting and masking techniques.
The bipolar membrane of Example One is substantially planar, having cation-exchange functional groups immobilized on one surface and anion-exchange functional groups immobilized on the opposing surface. The characteristic of this bipolar membrane is that when a voltage is applied, both functional groups at the center phase of the membrane will dissociate water into H+ and OH-. Without being restricted to theory, there are two assumptions that may explain the mechanism of water dissociation. First, the voltage generated in the center phase of the membrane electrically dissociates water into H+ and OH-according to the second Wien effect. Second, the reaction between immobilized charged functional groups with water molecule leads to the dissociation of water into H+ and OH-according to a chemical reaction (see, R. Simons, J. Membr. Sci., 78, 13 (1993) and H.
Strathmann et al., J. Membr. Sci., 125, 123 (1997) each incorporated herein by reference).
Applications for using such a bipolar functionalized material are numerous.
For example, a substrate including graft polymerized brushes with affinity purification functional groups and charged functional groups can be used for high-throughput isolation and subsequent isoelectric separation of polypeptides. In another aspect, a substrate is used for the production of compounds for the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, such as salicylic acid. Other applications include but are not limited to, electrodialysis, recycling of salts from waste treatment, production of acid and alkali from concentrated seawater.
Methods of producing bipolar functionalized materials include pasting, casting and plasma graft polymerization methods (see, Iwamoto et al., Nihon Kagaku Kashi, No.6, 425 (1997) in Japanese, G. S. Trivedi et al., React. Funct. Polym., 28, 243 (I996), Y.
Yokoyama et al., J. Membr. Sci., 43, 165 (1989) each incorporated herein by reference).
Each have their advantages as would be known to one of skill in the art. The present device illustrated at Example One demonstrates electrolytic performance comparable to casted electroseparation devices, but is believed to be easier and more cost effective to manufacture and operate.
Immobilization of Cells and Microbes to the Functionalized Materials The materials of the present invention are capable of interaction with a wide range of biological and chemical targets, including nucleic acids, peptides, organic and inorganic molecules and compounds, enzymes and mufti-subunit polypeptides and the like.
In one aspect, the functionalized materials interact with these targets a and catalyze a reaction. In another aspect, the materials bind the targets. In addition to these small compounds, the functionalized materials are useful for with larger target structures such as polypeptide complexes like mufti-subunit enzymes, organelles, membrane receptors and membranes. In another aspect, the materials and devices of the present invention are capable of interacting with targets including intact cells, for example but not limited to, human and animal cells, bacteria, viruses, and fungi. These targets can, in turn, be immobilized to the polymer brushes for use as subsequent functional groups, thereby providing additional levels of functionality to the materials.
Immobilization of larger structures including multi-subunit polypeptides, organelles, cells and microorganisms can be effectuated by many of the numerous types of functional groups disclosed herein. Charged functional groups, for example, tertiary amino functional groups, can be used as highly effective filters to capture viruses and virus particles from liquids with minimal removal of proteins (see, U. S. Patent Application No.:20010034055 to Lee et al., incorporated herein by reference). Example Two describes the use of quaternary amino functional groups for the immobilization of Staphylococcus aureus bacteria from liquid culture preparations. This bacteria can, in turn, be used to immobilize immunoglobulin molecules through its surface Protein A, or used for other purposes.
Applications for isolation of bacteria from solutions are numerous, and include purification techniques.
Immobilization of a bacterium on a device of the present invention also includes applications in the field of cloning and expression of recombinant genes and polypeptides.
For example, device comprising a membrane capable of immobilizing bacteria and nucleic acids further comprises bipolar functional groups, and can be used for single step electroporation and transformation of the bacteria with the nucleic acids. Another application is the immobilization and transfection of mammalian cells using, for example transfections to create cell lines, hybridomas, and transgenic organisms, where the device comprises polymer brushes having functional groups for the immobilization of cells and nucleic acids, and chemical transfection methods are used to cause uptake of the polynucleotides into the cells.
Many charged molecules on the cellular surfaces axe targets for immobilization via charged functional groups. Acidic sugars including those incorporated into many polysaccharides, glycoproteins and glycolipids are potential targets for anion exchange functional groups, such as but not limited to, N-acetylneuraminic acid (sialic acid) or N-acetylmuramic acid. Sialic acid, for example, is found on many human cells including erythrocytes, and can be targeted for immobilizing the same on the materials of the present invention. Cation exchange functional groups are useful in the isolation of cells or microorganisms having surface polysaccharide amino sugars, such as but not limited to, N-acetylglucosamine, N-acetylgalactosamine, galactosamine, and mannosamine.
Other compounds such as peptidoglycans, glycosaminoglycans (e.g., chondroitin, keratin, and hyaluronic acid among others), and proteoglycans all display negative charges and can serve as targets for anion exchange functional groups, permitting the binding of cells to the materials of the present invention. Further targets for immobilization of bacteria include lipopolysaccharide (LPS), for example O antigens and H antigens a major component of the membrane of gram negative pathogenic bacteria like E. coli and Salmonella typhinaurium.
Other pathogenic bacteria, such as Staphylococcus, Streptomyces, Clostf~idium, Ye~sinia, and Bacillus can be similarly isolated by the materials of the present invention and evaluated for pathogenicity as described.
Immobilization of cells and microbes need not be based solely on the binding of charged targets to charged functional groups on the polymer brushes. For example, polysaccharides have numerous hydroxyl groups which may serve as targets based on their ability to form hydrogen bonds. In addition, lipids and fatty acids are the major components of biological membranes, and can be immobilized by non-polar functional groups, as well as functional groups comprising lipid anchors, e.g., glycophosphoinosital, phosphatidylserine, sphingomyelin, phosphatidylcholine, and phosphatidylethanolamine, and phosphatidylinosital, among others. In addition, specific surface receptors, integral membrane proteins, peripheral proteins, annexins, and ion channels can provide targets for affinity purification functional groups that can immobilize cells. In a preferred aspect, these affinity purification functional groups include immunoglobulins or fragments thereof, capable of specific binding to targets on the cells. For example, hemagglutinin (HA) and neuraminidase on orthomyxovirus or paramyxovirus virions are targets for anti-HA and anti-neuraminidase antibodies, VP1 is a target for immobilization of picornanviruses, and gp120 is a target for the immobilization of HIV virions using an anti-gp120 antibody. Enveloped viruses in particular, are amenable to the targeted separation based on the techniques disclosed herein. In particular, polypeptides in the lipoprotein membrane surrounding poxvirus virions, e.g, variola and vaccinia, provide targets for immobilization of virions by affinity based methods, and are also markers for identification and phenotypic determination.
A comprehensive listing of surface antigens for bacteria, for viruses, and for fungi can be found respectively in e.g., Bergy's Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Field's hirology, and Atlas ~f Cliv~ical Fuhgi G. S. De Hoog, et al, each incorporated by reference in their entirety.
Other surface antigens on mammalian and in particular human cells, are well know in the medical and biotechnology arts (see, Altered Glycosylation in Tumor Cells (UCLA Symposia on Molecular an Cellular Biology, Vol 79) Christopher L. Reading (Editor), Immune Complexes and Human Cancer (Contemporary Topics in Immunobiology, Vol 15) Fernando A. Salinas, Michael G., Jr. Hanna (Editor), Tumor Markers: Biology and Clinical Applications (Cancer Research Monographs, Vol 4) Nasser Javadpour (Editor), and the American Type Culture Collection catalogue found online at http://www.atcc.org/, each incorporated herein by reference. These surface antigens are useful for targets for immobilization according to the present invention, i.e., based on the affinities of antibodies to the surface antigen, or based on weak covalent interactions, or other physical properties. The selection of particular functional groups for immobilization of cells is thus believed to be routine for one of ordinary skill in the art in view of the targets expressed on the particular cell or organism desired, in view of the teachings provided herein. For example, Bacillus anthraces spore biomarkers can be used as targets to isolate the bacillus from a sample mixture. Samples are obtained from water supplies or from clothing, or tissues of organisms.
The sample is introduced to the materials, which have functional groups with affinity for the spore biomarkers, and the isolated organisms are evaluated for pathogenicity, for example, by determination of expression levels of the anthrax toxin components PA
(protective antigen), LF (lethal factor) and EF (edema factor), from isolated organisms, see, Elhanany E., et al., Rapid Commun Mass Spectrom 2001;15(22):2110-6, incorporated by reference, which details isolation of the organism and detection by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOFMS). In this aspect, B. anthraces spores are immobilized to the materials, which further include sinapinic acid or alpha-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid immobilized thereto as the matrix, followed by linear mode analysis of the materials.
Polypeptide or oligosaccharide markers are cellular targets and functional groups having affinity thereto are used to immobilize cells to the materials. In one aspect, the materials are used to isolate stem cells based on the presence of surface antigenic determinants, indicating cells committed to a particular lineage, or differentiated immature cells e.g., hematapoetic stem cells from cord blood or bone marrow having one or more of the markers CD10+, CD19+, CD34, +PAXS, E2A, EBF, ATM, PDGFRA, SIAH1, PIM2, C/EBPB, WNT16, and TCLl, each expressed at intervals during B-cell maturation, see, Muschen et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci LT S A 2002 Jul 23;99(15):10014-9, incorporated by reference. These are useful for the creation of cell lines, for characterizing cellular development, and such other applications requiring isolated cells. In another aspect, the materials have an affinity for a target such as a marker for a disease state.
For example, transcription of CBF 1 responsive genes lead to the overexpression of CD23, a marker of B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia. In this embodiment, the isolated cells are used in subsequent diagnosis or to monitor for therapeutic endpoints in the treatment of a disease characterized by aberrant expression levels of the markers. For example, the cells are immobilized and the presence or absence of the markers is determined and correlated to the presence or absence of a disease state. Many such markers for disease states are known in the medical arts. In a preferred aspect, human cells are immobilized to the materials of the present invention by appropriate functional groups having affinity for such marker taxgets.
Using such isolated cells in routine assays, the phenotypes and genotypes of these isolated cells can be determined and correlated with information about disease states.
The materials of the present invention are inert to a wide variety of reagents and conditions. For example, polypropylene and polyethylene are resistant to acids and alkalis, as well as numerous solvents and denaturants, such as urea, chloroform, formaldehyde and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). Advantages of the present materials include applications where carbohydrate, lipid or protein fractions are extracted from the immobilized cells. In addition, the materials can withstand temperature extremes of heating and in particular, freezing temperatures. Thus, the materials are particularly advantageous where it is desirable to immobilize cells and subsequently freeze them, without necessitating an elution step. For example, E. coli cells are immobilized and treated with media including 10%
DMSO, then stored at -80 degrees C, directly on the materials in the appropriate cryogenic nutrient solution. Without being restricted to theory, it is believed that viability of the immobilized cell is enhanced as the polymer brushes immobilize the cell in multiple dimensions over its surface, thereby without substantially deforming the cellular membranes.
Functionalized Material Libraries Current graft polymerized materials have been produced using a directed process whereby each material is custom-made and evaluated for a specific biotechnology application. Although successful, this process is laborious and time consuming, and thus limited in its ability to produce new products. To accelerate the discovery process, a library of functionalized materials is needed, having varying properties, for example a plurality of polymer brush domains, each provided as small surfaces (e.g., about 1 micrometer2 to about 2 cm2) that vary over a wide range of physical and functional properties in both the (x) and (y) dimensions. (see, FIG. 20). A "library" or "material library" as used herein, refers to a substrate including one or more surfaces having a plurality of functionalized materials presented thereon. A "domain" as used herein, refers.to an independent region of a particular functionalized material. The same functionalized material may be used at more than one domain, thereby providing redundancy in the library. A domain may be in direct proximity to another domain, and may contact it, or the domains may not be in physical contact but may be in fluid communication, or the domains may be isolated. An "address" or "domain address" as used herein, refers to the region or location of a domain within the library, where the location can be described by e.g., Cartesian coordinates or other means of providing a spatial description. Thus, a library comprises a plurality of domains, each having an address.
Similar in concept to the libraries produced by combinatorial chemistry companies for identifying promising drug candidates, the library can be rapidly produced and rapidly screened for optimizing the development of new materials or optimization of existing ones.
Among the parameters to be varied include the chemical composition of base polymers, type of monomers used for forming brushes, brush densities, brash lengths, and type and degree of chemical functionalization of polymer brushes. To illustrate the potential complexity of the library, there are well over 1000 different reactive monomers available off the-shelf that are suitable for forming polymer brush structures using the grafting techniques disclosed herein.
Moreover, these monomers can be used in various blends, and can be functionalized using different immobilization chemistries and functional groups to generate an enormous library of unique materials spanning a wide range of functionalities. Furthermore, the process of producing and screening material libraries according to the present invention is suitable for miniaturization and automation.
These libraries may further be housed in a microfluidic device that will facilitate the rapid screening of the library using high-throughput methods to identify domains of candidate materials that interact with target molecules (FIG. 21 ). For example, a membrane for purification of a therapeutic protein is desired. Candidate materials are first selected based on high-throughput screens of a Library, for domains of functionalized materials that bind this specific target protein. This screen will identify the optimal composition of material (i.e., material, brush composition, brush length/density and functional group density), based upon binding of the target to one or more domains in the library. In addition, this screen will also determine the appropriate environmental conditions (e.g., salt concentration, temperature, cofactor requirements, etc.) needed for the optimal binding and elution of the target protein.
Thus, by performing a high-throughput screen, the library not only identifies a unique material that binds a commercially important protein or biological target, it has also identified the conditions for the optimal use and performance of this material.
To create the library, a plurality of domains of functionalized materials, each varying from the others in terms of its physical or functional properties, is presented or formed on at least one surface of a substrate. One or more of the materials disclosed herein are suitable for use as a substrate, for example, an organic thin film coating on a glass surface provides an appropriate substrate, to which polymer brushes can be grafted and subsequently functionalized. Alternatively, functionalized materials may be prepared and later affixed to the substrate.
The ftmctionalized materials or polymer brushes that are grafted or otherwise affixed to the substrate are presented as independent domains on a surface of the substrate. Through the techniques described herein, brush densities as well as brush length and morphology can be varied. Further, standard masking techniques can be applied, allowing the grafting process to be controlled with respect to selected domains. A material library of the present invention includes at least two domains, and more preferably 10, 50, 100, 1000, or 10,000 domains. In a currently' preferred embodiment, the array comprises about 105 domains. Each domain covers a mean surface area of the substrate less than about 0.25 mma.
Preferably, the area of the substrate surface covered by each of the domains is between about 1 ~,m2 to about 10,000 ~.ma. In a particularly preferred embodiment, each domain covers an area of the substrate surface from about 100 ~.ma to about 2,500 ~,m2. The domains of the array may be of any geometric shape. For instance, the domains may be square, rectangular or circular.
The domains of the array may also be irregularly shaped. The domains are optionally elevated from the median plane of the underlying substrate. The distance separating the domains of the array can vary. Preferably, the domains of the array are separated from neighboring domains by about 1 ~ma to about 5000 ~,ma. Typically, the distance separating the domains is roughly proportional to the diameter or side length of the domains on the array if the domains have dimensions greater than about 10 ~,m2. If the domain size is smaller, then the distance separating the domains will typically be larger than the dimensions of the domain. Each domain has an independent location or domain address, on the substrate. In a currently preferred embodiment, the domains are presented in a two-dimensional matrix format and the address of each domain is described by a set of Cartesian coordinates having the values (x) and (y). Each domain includes one or more functional groups immobilized on the polymer brushes. Functional groups are preferably covalently immobilized on the polymer brushes, either directly or indirectly, at concentrations varying from about 0.001 fg/mma material surface area to about 100 g/mm2 material surface area. The number of different functional groups immobilized at a domain address will vary depending on the application desired. It is possible to create multifunctional domains by using different functional groups, for example, renaturation of a polypeptide and binding to a particular functional group that recognizes the native polypeptide may be accomplished by incorporating into a particular domain, groups capable of hydrolyzing urea in addition to groups that bind the folded polypeptide. Additionally, a series of domain locations with different urease activity levels may be created, and the degree of renaturation required for polypeptide binding may be determined by detecting protein binding at each domain address.
Similar arrangements of functionalized materials can evaluate a target's ability to bind or perform a biological function in terms of in other variables, for example but not limited to over a range of pH values or over a range of salt concentrations, or over a range of concentrations of cofactors such as metal ions, phosphates, or antioxidants, or over a concentration range of antagonists or agonists. For example, an antibody to HIV protein gp120 is used as a universal functional group and can capture the virus, immobilizing it to the polymer brushes at each domain. Two candidate binding site antagonists axe introduced to the library, varying the concentrations at each domain. Fluorescently labeled CD4 is introduced to the library. Quantitation of CD4 binding to the virus with respect to the combinations of receptor antagonists is evaluated by detection of fluoresence at each domain address. This is related to the degree of antagonist activity, which in turn, is a function of the antagonist concentrations, known for each domain address. Therefore, the optimal antagonist concentrations are determined.
Many combinations of functionalized materials are possible to create a material library. For example, in a single material library each of the domains may be a distinct functionalized material in that each may comprise different functional groups, i. e., a material library having 100 domains could comprise 100 different functionalized materials each with a unique functional group. Likewise, a material library of 10,000 different functionalized materials could comprise 10,000 domains, each having three distinct functional groups not used at any other domain address, leading to a library with an overall complexity of 30,000 different functional groups. In contrast, in a single material library each of the domains may be a distinct functionalized material but may share in part, a common functionality with other domains in that each domain may comprise combinations of similar and different functional groups, i.e., a material library having 100 domains could comprise 100 different functionalized materials, each having a unique first functional group, but half of the domains may share a common second functional group and the remaining half may share a common third functional group. In alternative embodiments, a plurality of domains have common functional groups, i. e., a library has three-thousand domains, but only comprises one thousand different functionalized materials, as each different functional group is immobilized at three common domains. In a currently preferred embodiment, a plurality of domains have common functional groups but each of these domains is still a distinct functionalized material as each varies from the others in terms of polymer brush density, brush length and brush morphology.
The type of functionalized materials and number of domains used to create a material library will depend on the library's prospective use. For instance, if the library is to be used as a diagnostic tool in evaluating the status of a tumor or other diseased tissue in a patient, a library may comprise about 10 different functionalized materials, 5 domains having functional groups with specificity for the target marker proteins whose expression is known to be indicative of the disease condition and 5 domains having functional groups with specificity for target marker proteins whose expression is known to exclude the disease condition. However, if the library is to be used to measure a significant portion of the soluble protein content of a cell, then the library preferably comprises at least about 10,000 different functionalized materials. Alternatively, a more limited proteomics study, such as a study of the abundances of various human transcription factors, for instance, might only require a library of about 100 different functional materials.
The material libraries are useful for a wide range of applications, depending on the types of functionalized materials. They are used as capture agents for binding of particular targets, such as polypeptides, polynucleotides, membranes, organelles, microorganisms, viruses, prions or cells, particularly human cells. To accomplish this, functionalized materials are selected having groups that bind nucleic acids, polypeptides, complexes of polypeptides, receptors, receptor ligands, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides, lipids, prions, bacterial cells, viruses, fungi, and cells. The libraries are also useful for evaluating the chemical or physical properties of targets, or for performing reactions involving targets.
Functional materials are selected having groups that are catalytic agents for reactions involving particular targets, for example, restriction digestion of target nucleic acids, proteolytic cleavage of target polypeptides, and other enzymatic reactions involving target lipids or polysaccharides. In one embodiment, the targets are proteins which are all expression products, or fragments thereof, of a cell or population of cells of a single organism. The expression products may be proteins, including peptides, of any size or function. They may be intracellular proteins or extracellular proteins. The expression products may be from a one-celled or multicellular organisms. The organisms may be plants or animals. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the binding partners are human expression products, or fragments thereof. In one embodiment, the targets include randomly chosen subsets of all the proteins, including peptides, which are expressed by a cell or population of cells in a given organism or a subset of all the fragments of those proteins. The targets of some or all of the functional materials on the library need not necessarily be known. For instance, the different functional materials of the library may together bind a wide range of cellular proteins from a single cell type, many of which are of unknown identity and/or function. In another embodiment the targets of the functional materials are related proteins. The different proteins bound by the functional materials may optionally be members of the same protein family. The different targets of the functional materials may be either functionally related or just suspected of being functionally related.
The different proteins bound by the functional materials may also be proteins which share a similarity in structure or sequence or are simply suspected of sharing a similarity in structure or sequence.
Likewise, intact cells may be targets of specific functional materials, for example but not limited to, cells expressing a desired surface antigen may be isolated e.g., CD4+ cells, or cells expressing cancer markers. This can provide for detection of particular phenotypes of cells isolated from patient tissue samples, i.e., evaluation of an immunocompromised patient's T-cell count, or identification of malignant cells in a sample of tumor tissue.
In one aspect, the material library is used in a microfluidics device. The substrate having the library presented thereon is placed in a reaction chamber. The reaction chamber includes a device that houses the substrate and regulates the environment.
Methods for regulating the supply (and removal) of reagents to the reaction chamber, as well as the environment of the reaction chamber (e.g., the temperature, and oxidative environment) are incorporated into the reaction chamber using techniques common in the art.
Examples of this technology are outlined in: I~ricka, Clinical Chem. 44: 2008-2014 (1998); see also U.S.
Patent No. 5,846,727, both incorporated by reference. For example, the substrate is fixed into a reaction chamber and reagents and buffers as well as solutions of targets are pumped into and out-of the reaction chamber through microfluidic ports on either side of the chamber.
In one embodiment, the substrate has etched channels in communication with a plurality of domains, thereby permitting the microfluidic ports to be in fluid communication with the desired functionalized materials on the substrate. Complete exchanges of volume can take place rapidly, i.e., within about 1 second and is mediated by electronically controlled valves and pumps that control the flow of solutions through the microfluidic ports.
Control of the same is effectuated by an operator directed system, preferably an automated system. Robotic introduction of fluids onto microtiter plates, gene and proteomics chips or arrays is commonly performed to speed mixing of reagents and to enhance experimental throughput, and the present invention is compatible with such robotic systems. More recently, microscale devices for lugh throughput mixing and assaying of small fluid volumes have been developed, (for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,046,056 to Parce et al. incorporated by reference).
The microfluidics devices are generally suitable for assays relating to the interaction of biological and chemical species, including enzymes and their substrates, ligands and ligand binders, receptors and ligands, antibodies and antibody ligands, as well as many other assays.
Because the devices provide the ability to mix fluidic reagents and assay mixing results in a single continuous process, and because minute amounts of reagents can be assayed, these microscale devices represent a fundamental advance for laboratory science.
According to the present invention, the substrate is positioned in an integrated microfluidic system including a microfluidic device. The device has at least a first reaction channel and at least a first reagent introduction channel, typically etched, machined, printed, or otherwise manufactured in or on a surface of the device that will contain the substrate having the material library. Optionally, the device can have a second reaction channel and/or reagent introduction channel, a third reaction channel and/or reagent introduction channel or the like, up to and including hundreds or even thousands of reaction and/or reagent introduction channels. The reaction channel and reagent introduction channels are in fluid communication, i.e., fluid can flow between the channels under selected conditions. The device has a material transport system for controllably transporting a material through and among the reagent introduction channel and reaction channel. For example, the material transport system can include electrokinetic, electroosmotic, electrophoretic or other fluid manipulation aspects (micro-pumps and microvalves, fluid switches, fluid gates, etc.) which permit controlled movement and mixing of fluids. The device also has a fluidic interface in fluid communication with the reagent introduction channel. Such fluidic interfaces optionally include capillaries, channels, pins, pipettors, electropipettors, or the like, for moving fluids, and optionally further include microscopic, spectroscopic, fluid separatory or other aspects.
The fluidic interface samples a plurality of reagents or mixtures of reagents from a plurality of sources of reagents or mixtures of reagents and introduces the reagents or mixtures of reagents into the reagent introduction channel. The fluid is thus directed to domains on the substrate, for example by one or more channels in the substrate in communication with one or more domains. Essentially any number of reagents or reagent mixtures can be thus introduced to the substrate by the fluidic interface, depending on the desired application.
Because microfluidic manipulations axe performed in a partially or fully sealed environment, contamination and fluidic evaporation in the systems axe minimized.
A first reagent from the plurality of sources of reagent or mixtures of reagents is selected. A first reagent or mixture of reagents (for example, comprising a target compound and a buffer solution) is introduced into the first reaction channel, and is then introduced to a first domain of the library, whereupon the first reagent or mixture of reagents react with the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes of the material at the first domain.
This reaction can take a variety of different forms depending on the nature of the reagents.
For example, where the reagents bind to one another, such as where the reagents axe an antibody or cell receptor and a ligand, or an amino acid and a binding ligand, the reaction results in a bound component such as a bound ligand. Where the reagents are sequencing reagents, a primer extension product results from the reaction. Where the reagents include enzymes and enzyme targets (substrates), a modified form of the enzyme target typically results. Where two reacting chemical reagents are introduced to the functionalized materials, a third product chemical typically results at the applicable domains. In another aspect, a reaction product from a reaction at one or more domains is analyzed. This analysis can take any of a variety of forms, depending on the application. For example, where the product is a primer extension product, the analysis can take the form of separating reactants by size, detecting the sized reactants and translating the resulting information to give the sequence of a template nucleic acid. Similarly, because microscale fluidic devices of the invention are optionally suitable for heating and cooling a reaction, a PCR reaction utilizing PCR reagents (thermostable polyrnerase, nucleotides, templates, primers, buffers and the like) can be performed and the amplicons detected. Amplified or transcribed nucleic acids obtained from a first domain may be transferred to a second domain for subsequent processing, for example, restriction digestion to determine the presence or absence of a single nucleotide polymorphism, or radiolabeling, or hybridization. Where the reaction results in the formation of a new product, such as an enzyme-substrate product, a chemical species, or an immunological component such as a bound ligand, the product is typically detected by any of a variety of detection techniques, including autoradiography, chemiluminescence microscopy, spectroscopy, or the like.
Based upon the reaction product, a second reagent or mixture of reagents is selected and introduced to the first domain or one or more second domains, as described above. The second reaction product is similarly assessed. For example, where the product is a DNA
sequence, a sequencing primer and/or template for extension of available sequence information is selected. Where the product is a new product such as those above, an appropriate second domain may include components such as an enzyme, ligand, antibody, receptor molecule, chemical, or the like, selected to further test the binding or reactive characteristics of the first or second reaction product. The second reagent or mixture of reagents is introduced to the appropriate domain via the first reaction channel, or optionally the second (or third or fourth . . . or nth) reaction channel in the microfluidic device. The results of the analysis of any reaction product can serve as the basis for the selection and analysis of additional reactants and domains for subsequent introduction to the same or different functionalized materials. For example, a single type of DNA template is optionally sequenced in several serial reactions. Alternatively, completing a first sequencing reaction, as outlined above, serves as the basis for selecting additional templates (e.g., overlapping clones, PCR amplicons, or the like, see, U.S. Patent No.:6,403,338 incorporated herein by reference).
Analysis of Target Interactions with the Library Detection of taxget interactions with functional groups at particular domains within the material library can be accomplished by numerous technologies known and described in the art, including detection of binding or detection of enzymatic or functional activity.
Hybridization of nucleic acid targets to immobilized nucleic acid or polypeptide functional groups, or binding of a polypeptide target to a functional group at one or more domains can be detected using labeled targets, labeled functional groups, reagents introduced to the same having detectable labels, or combinations of these approaches. A detectable label may include but is not limited to a luminescent compound such as fluorescein, a chromophore, a fluorescent compound, a radioactive isotope or group containing same, or a nonisotopic label, such as an enzyme or dye, a catalyst, a polynucleotide coding for a catalyst or a promoter, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase, a chemiluminescer such as luminol, a coenzyme, an enzyme substrate, a radioactive group, a small organic molecule, an amplifiable polynucleotide sequence, a particle such as latex or carbon particle, metal, crystallite, liposome, cell, etc., which may or may not be further labeled with a dye, catalyst or other detectable group, a terbium chelator such as N-(hydroxyethyl) ethylenediaminetriacetic acid that is capable of detection by delayed fluorescence, and the like. The detectable label may be directly linked to a polypeptide or polynucleotide target or indirectly linked, e.g., by its presence on a partner molecule that interacts with or binds to a target, for example an HRP conjugated antibody. Such labeling is well known in the art. In general, any label that is detectable can be used. Detectable labels thus include, for example but not limited to (i) labels that can be detected directly by virtue of generating a signal, (ii) specific binding pair members that may be detected indirectly by subsequent binding of a target to a functional group, where either the functional group or target or both contain one or more detectable labels.
In one aspect, the detectable labels are fluorescent, for example but not limited to, fluorescence resonance energy transfer pairs. These refer to a pair of fluorophores comprising a donor fluorophore and acceptor fluorophore, wherein the donor fluorophore is capable of transferring resonance energy to the acceptor fluorophore. In other words the emission spectrum of the donor fluorophore overlaps the absorption spectrum of the acceptor fluorophore. In preferred fluorescence resonance energy transfer pairs, the absorption spectrum of the donor fluorophore does not substantially overlap the absorption spectrum of the acceptor fluorophore. Suitable visible light fluorophores (excitation maximum of the donor above about 350 nm) include fluorescein, Lucifer Yellow, acridine Qrange, rhodamine and its derivatives, for example tetramethylrhodamine and Texas Red, and fluorescent chelates or cryptates of Europium. A preferred fluorophore is fluorescein.
Suitable energy transfer pairs for detectable labels may be found in, for example, Applications of Fluorescence in hnmunoassays (I. A. Hemmila, Wiley Interscience, 1991 and "Molecular Probes: Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals"--Richard P.
Haughland--Molecular Probes Inc.) or may be devised by a person of ordinary skill in accordance with energy transfer principles (for example as outlined by J. R. Lakowicz, Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Plenum, 1983), each incorporated by reference. When used as detectable labels, fluorophores are generally attached to polypeptides via a side chain of an amino acid in the polypeptide chain, or at the N-terminus or C-terminus.
Convenient reagents for labeling amino groups include donor/acceptors derivatized with isothiocyanates, active esters, such as succinimidyl esters, of carboxylic acids or sulphonyl halides. These are generally reacted at moderately alkaline pH in an excess over the compound to be labeled (target or functional groups or the like). Convenient reagents for labeling at thiol groups include donor/acceptors derivatized with maleimido or haloacetyl groups. Two derivatives of GFP are useful for FRET standards, based on their spectral properties. The mutant BFP11, constructed by Lossau et al. (Chew. Physics. 213: 1-16, 1996) using combinatorial mutagenesis, contains the mutations F64M/Y66H. BFP11 has blue-shifted excitation and emission maxima relative to wild-type GFP. The mutant RSGFP4 (Delagrave et al., Bio/Technology, 13:151-154, 1995), generated by combinatorial mutagenesis, contains the mutations F64M/S65G/Q69L. RSGFP4 has spectral properties similar to the S65T
mutant reported by Heim et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. LJSA 91:12501-12504, 1994). As the acceptor in a FRET pair, both S65T and RSGFP4 are superior to other red-shifted excitation mutants such as RSGFP8 (F64L+S65T), because the latter mutant has significant excitation in the violet.
After introduction of targets to one or more domains and optional washing to remove unreacted or nonspecifically bound targets, the properties of the target following its interaction with specific domains are determined for the whole library or at specified domain address. The detection means will depend on the detectable label used. For example, with radioactively labeled targets, the activity at a domain address is measured through detection of radioactive emissions at that address, and may be further measured against reference standards at other domain addresses to provide quantitative information about target interactions with the materials library. For fluorescent labeled targets, detection at a domain address includes quantitation of color spectra and intensity, determined, for example, using a scanning confocal microscope in photon counting mode. Appropriate scanning devices for confocal microscopy are described by e.g., Trulson et al., U.S. Pat. No.
5,578,832 and Stern et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,734, each incorporated herein by reference.
Further examples of particular labels and their detection can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,178, the relevant disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Many systems may be used to detect labels and evaluate interactions between targets and functional groups at one or more domains, for example but not limited to, by detection of electromagnetic radiation, x-ray or particle emission, or by optical examination. Detection systems that may be employed with the present libraries include those described in U.S. Pat.
No. 5,508,178, the relevant disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. A
currently preferred method of detecting labels and quantitating reactions at domains is based on epifluorescence microscopy using FRET as detailed in U.S. Patent 6,456,734 to Youvan et al., hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, which discloses imaging hardware, software, calibrants, and methods to visualize and quantitate the amount of fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) occurring between donor and acceptor labels.
Such a detection system is applicable to the libraries of the present invention when the donor and acceptor labels are affixed to targets and to functional groups or reagents as described above.
Where colormetric or photon based detectable labels are used, an optical reader or other such imaging device is used to read the library. A suitable optical imaging device provides a means for acquiring spatially co-registered electronic images, thus determining detection values for labels at each domain address. Alternatively, the optical imaging device provides a means for reading an impression of the library, e.g., an autoradiograph or chemiluminescent image of the domains of the library. For example, one optical imaging device includes a microscope and digital camera. The microscope can be a steady-state, wavelength-scanning fluorescence microscope (i.e., not a time-resolved system or not an interferometer-based system). The optical imaging device can also provide for background subtraction, spectral overlap corrections, and transformation of data from three channels set into a color space defined by the primary colors of red, green, and blue.
Labels first detected at domain addresses and rendered as images with such an imaging device may be further processed to produce an enhanced image, for example, an image in which FRET, acceptor, and donor pixels are more clearly differentiated and pseudocolored. An optical imaging device may include a light source, to provide illumination of the library or for excitation of detectable labels, for example, a 75 watt quartz tungsten halogen (QTH) light source can be coupled directly to the fluorescence microscope, although other light sources may be used if desired. The method of the invention is not limited to an epifluorescence microscope.
Macroscopic lens-based systems could be used in place of the microscope's objectives to achieve detection and quantitation over a macroscopic field of view, where the library is large or where the individual domains are easily visualized.
Systems for Evaluating Material Libraries To control the application of targets and reagents to the material library;
and to detect and quantify interactions between the targets and the functionalized materials and relate such interactions to domain addresses, a computer system is utilized. Further, to interpret the information obtained from using the material libraries, and to control and to guide the use and evolution of the libraries, the computer system includes one or more programs in informatics.
In addition to cataloging the composition of, and physical and functional properties of each material used at particular domains in the libraries, the informatics program will track the target detection data obtained from all uses involving a particular material.
This information is used to direct future assays involving related target molecules to or domains of similar function or composition, thus accelerating the discovery process. Moreover, these data sets will also guide new directions for the expansion of the library, i.e., the evolution of materials with specific properties. For example, a high-throughput screen might determine that the optimal binding/elution of a particular polyclonal antibody target occurs with materials containing a narrow range of brush densities or lengths and that this occurs at domains where there are specific blends of monomers that contain certain concentrations of ionic functional groups and immunospecific (antigenic) functional groups. The library thus can be used to indicate the optimal materials for isolating immunoglobulins having specific affinity ranges for the antigen. Lastly, the informatics program is used to develop sophisticated molecular models of the polymer brushes that will simulate brush structure/function by taking into account critical factors such as brush composition, density, length and flexibility. When combined with the data sets obtained from the target screens, these molecular models will help predict binding properties of the polymer brushes, thus speeding the discovery process and guiding continued expansion of new functionalized materials for the library.
In one aspect, the systems of the present invention provides an integrated computer program that compares digital profiles of images of library domains and causes the system to select one or more addresses, and generates instructions that direct a robotic device to isolate reaction products from the domains. In one embodiment, the system directs the robotic device to introduce these reaction products to secondary domains and directs the microfluidic device to introduce reagents to the secondary domains. In yet a further embodiment, the system includes a library information management system that tracks materials used in the libraries and tracks data associated with targets, such as clinical data, operations performed on the targets, and data generated by analysis of the reactions of the targets and materials.
According to the present invention, targets are introduced to a library comprising functionalized materials presented as domains having addresses, as described above. The interactions of targets with functional groups is detected and evaluated by a reading means, such as the optical imaging device described. The reading means thus provides both qualitative and quantitative information about the interaction of targets to functional groups through detection of labels at domain addresses on the library, which is communicated to computer system. The system includes an instruction set having modules for data management, e. g. , a data input means, a data storage means, a data retrieval means, a relational database, and a data output means, as well as an instruction set comprising data analysis algorithms e.g., detection and quantitation of labels. The instruction set may further include control modules, e.g., for control of robotic or microfluidic devices.
Processors appropriate for executing the instruction set of the system include any processors capable of recognizing an instruction set written in an appropriate language, for example but not limited to PowerPC based Apple~ computers, Pentium~ or similar PC type computers, SUN~
or Silicon Graphics~ workstations, or systems running LINUX or UNIX. The instruction set includes a computer readable algorithm for data analysis, which is stored in computer readable media as part of a program written in a suitable computer readable language, for example C, C++, iJNIX, FORTRAN, BASIC, PASCAL, or the like. The program provides the processor with instructions for performing calculations on the input data, as well as other functional elements contained in one or more modules or subroutines (e.g., relational database capabilities, search features, and other user defined functions). The program includes input modules for entering data into the system in computer readable format and a selection module instructing the system to select and read data entered. In one aspect, the system includes an input module. Users of the system enter data into the system in computer readable format, which can be stored in RAM or ROM, or a more permanent storage medium such as a disk or tape drive. The information entered through the input module is thus accessible to the system processor. The system further comprises an output module. The output of the computer system can be represented on a display or monitor, as a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect~ and Microsoft Word~, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. A skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g. text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the expression information of the present invention.
Computer assisted data analysis minimally includes detection of the labels and determination of signal intensity for each domain address, rendered as an image of the domain address, and where the address is further given as a set of two-dimensional Cartesian coordinates. Where multiple detectable labels are used, i.e., for FRET, a set of three such images from each channel (donor, acceptor, and FRET) can then be processed as three spatially coregistered images or treated as a single image in which each pixel has three color space coordinates corresponding to the monochrome wavelengths. In one embodiment, the quantitative method of the invention performs quantitative FRET measurements and analyses. FRET image data is obtained with standard filter sets using a fluorescence microscope and processed as described above. Equations for quantitative FRET
useful in designing specific data analysis algorithms for the program are provided in Gordon, et al., Quantitative Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer Measurements Using Fluorescence Microscopy, Biophysical Journal, Vol. 74, May 199 2702:2713, which is hereby incorporated by reference. In a preferred embodiment, the data analysis further includes information about the materials and the reactions occurring and detected at each domain location, i.e., number and type of functional groups, polymer brush density and morphology, and reaction conditions such as flow rate, target concentrations, salt concentrations, buffer composition, ionic strength, temperature, pH, and time, binding and affinity or catalytic activity. In a more preferred embodiment, the data analysis includes information obtained from or stored within a database, that contains information about the targets, such as their source and method of isolation, and correlation with a disease state.
The invention thus provides a computer-generated digital profile representing the identity and relative abundance of a plurality of target biomolecules detected in view of a plurality of reaction conditions, thereby permitting computer-mediated comparison of profiles from multiple target samples for multiple materials. This automatable technology for screening biological targets and comparing their profiles permits rapid and efficient identification of individual targets whose presence, absence or altered expression is associated with a disease or condition of interest. Such targets are useful in the design and evaluation of their potential as therapeutic agents, as targets for therapeutic intervention, and as markers for diagnosis, prognosis, and evaluating response to treatment.
This technology also permits rapid and efficient identification of sets of targets whose pattern of expression is associated with a disease or condition of interest; such sets of targets provide constellations of markers for diagnosis, prognosis, and evaluating response to treatment.
As those skilled in the art will recognize, the invention described herein can be modified to accommodate and/or comply with any one or more computer based technologies and standards. In addition, variations, modifications, and other implementations of what is described herein can occur to those of ordinary skill in the art without departing from the spirit and the scope of the invention as claimed. Further, virtually any aspect of the embodiments of the invention described herein can be implemented using software, hardware, or in a combination of hardware and software.
Example One--Method and Process for Producing Bipolar Membranes This following example describes a new method for preparing bipolar functionalized materials, in this case, fabricated in the form of a membrane. Using this method, polymer brushes that contain cation-exchange and anion-exchange functional groups are introduced separately on opposing surfaces of a membrane in a single step. Electron-beam treated high density polyethylene film (HHOPE) was used as the material for grafting, and was sandwiched between a monomer solution containing sulfonic acid groups and a monomer solution containing quaternary ammonium salt groups. X-ray microanalysis (XMA), was used to measure the distribution of sulfur and chlorine across the membrane thickness, i. e., the distribution of cation-exchange and anion-exchange groups, respectively. The bipolar membrane was used for electrodialysis to regenerate HCl and NaOH from a NaCI
solution.
This bipolar membrane demonstrates similar electricolytic potential as compared to bipolar membranes prepared by conventional methods.
Preparation of a bipolar membrane ahd its characters In order to determine the conditions to produce a bipolar membrane, ion-exchange membranes were prepared as shown in FIG. 1. A nonporous high density polyethylene film (HDPE) with a thickness of 50 micrometers was used as the polymeric base membrane for grafting. The base membrane was irradiated with electron beams at a total dose of 200 kGy.
As shown in FIG. 2, the electron-beam treated HDPE film was interposed between two identical cylindrical cells having an inner diameter about 4 cm.
Sodium styrene sulfonate (CHa=CHC6H4SO3Na; SSS) and 2-hydroxylethyl methacrylate (CH2=CCH3COOCHaCH20H; HEMA) were co-grafted onto the electron-beam-treated base membrane to form a cation-exchange membrane (see, S. Tsuneda et al., J.
Electrochem. Soc., 142, 3659 (1995) incorporated herein by reference).
Similarly, vinyl benzyl trimethyl ammonium chloride (CH2=CHC6H4CHaN(CH3)3C1; VBTAC) and HEMA
were co-grafted to form an anion-exchange membrane (see, W. Lee et al., J.
Membr. Sci., 81, 295 (1993) incorporated herein by reference). All reaction conditions are listed in Table l, below. The degree of co-grafting (dg) is defined as:
Degree of co-grafting (d~ _ (weight of grafted polymer brushes) l (weight of base membrane) x 100°fo Table 1. Pre aration Conditions for Bi olar Ion-Exchan a Membranes Cation-exchan a Anion-exchange Base olymer HDPE film Total irradiation200 kGy dose Monomer SSS/HEMA VBTAC/HEMA
Solvent Water DMF/MeOH=1/1 vol.
ratio Reaction time 1 ~9 h Reaction tem erature323 I~
The sulfonic acid (-S03H) group density and the quaternary ammonium salt (-N(CH3)3+Cl-) group density of the prepared membrane were determined by methods known in the art for salt-splitting capacity, and the hydroxyl group density was calculated by subtracting the ion-exchange group density from the total functional group density. The sulfur (S) profile of the sulfonic acid group and the chlorine (Cl) profile of the quaternary anunonium salt group across the thickness of the prepared membranes were determined by an electron-probe X-ray microanalysis (WA). In order to measure the electrical resistance of the bipolar membrane, the membrane was sandwiched between two identical cylindrical cells having an effective membrane area of approximately 7 cma with the quaternary ammonium salt group side facing the anode and the sulfonic acid group side facing the cathode. The electrical current was measured across a 0.1 M NaCI solution at 298 K, using an applied voltage of 15 V.
Elect~odialysis usihg a bipolay~ membrane As shown in FIG 3, with the bipolar membrane placed in the center, conventional cation-exchange and anion-exchange membranes (2 membranes each) were placed in between the electrodes in a electrodialysis chamber. The quaternary ammonium salt group side of the bipolar membranes faced the anode. A voltage of 5.1 V was applied.
The operation conditions for the electrodialysis axe summarized in Table 2, below.
The effective membrane area of all membranes was 10 cm2. The NaCI concentration in the salt chambers (2 and 5) was determined by measuring the conductivity. The HCl concentration in the acid chamber (3) and the NaOH concentration in the alkali chamber (4) were measured by titration of acid and base. The concentrations of sodium, chlorine and sulfonic acid ions before and after the electrodialysis were determined by ion chromatography. The electric power unit was determined using the equation:
electric p~wer unit (Whlk~ = j V i dtlw where V, I, t and w are the voltage (V), current (A), time (h) and weight of removed NaCI
(kg), respectively.
Table 2. Measurement Conditions of lysis Electrodia Applied voltage 5.1 V
Duration 5 h Salt chamber 1.0 M NaCI
Acid chamber 1.0 M HCl Alkali chamber 1.0 M NaOH
Electrode chamber0.5 M NaaSO4 Circulation rate 50 mL/h Temperature 298 K
-~-The degrees of co-grafting of SSSIHEMA and VBTAC/HEMA onto the electron-beam-treated HDPE base membranes and their changes in membrane thickness as a function of co-grafting time are shown in FIG. 4. The degree of co-grafting increased with the reaction time. The thickness of the prepared cation-exchange membrane (Na-type) and the anion-exchange membrane (CI-type) increased to a maximum of 1.8-fold and 1.4-fold, respectively. FIG. 5 shows the increase of sulfonic acid group and hydroxyl group densities in the cation-exchange membrane as well as the increase of quaternary ammonium salt group and hydroxyl group densities as a function of degree of co-grafting (dg). At a reaction time of 9 hours, the sulfonic acid group and the quaternary ammonium group densities reached 2.3 and 0.81 mmol/g-product, respectively. By XMA, the profiles of sulfonic acid group (measuring the sulfur) and the quaternary ammonium salt group (measuring the chlorine) across the thickness of both membranes were measured (FIG. 6). The surface area ratio of X-ray intensity distribution was compared to the functional group density ratio from salt-splitting capacity measurement (FIG. 7). Both ratios matched each other to a maximum ratio.
This also means that XMA can be used for quantification. With the increase of the reaction time, i.e., the increase of degree of co-grafting (dg), the brushes that contain sulfonic acid group or quaternary ammonium salt group invaded the membrane from both sides and reached the center.
FIG. 8a shows the increase of the degree of co-grafting and the membrane thickness of the prepared bipolar membrane as a function of reaction time. The functional group density also increased with the increase of dg (FIG. 8b). The sulfonic acid group density was about 2-fold of the quaternary ammonium salt group density within the range of dg from 16%
to 86%. For example, at dg=86%, the sulfonic acid group density and the quaternary ammonium salt group density were 1.0 and 0.57 mmol/g-product, respectively.
The functional group density profiles across the thickness of the dg=16% and dg=86%
membranes were compared (FIG. 9). Both membranes have shown the invasion of sulfonic acid groups from the left and the invasion of quaternary ammonium salt groups from the right of the membrane. At dg=16%, both functional groups did not reach the center of the membrane. However, from an observation by scanning electron microscopy (SEM), results have shown that the poly-HEMA brushes have invaded the center of the membrane.
In contrast, at dg=86%, both functional groups intersected each other forming a neutral area in the center of the bipolar membrane. The voltage-current characteristic of the prepared bipolar membrane is shown in FIG. 10. At dg=16%, no flow of current was observed even with the increase of voltage. This corresponds to the XMA result that showed no intersection of the functional groups.
Regeneration of Acid and Alkali from a Salt Solution The bipolar membranes with dg's of 16% and 86% were used for electrodialysis.
FIG. 11 shows the time course for the concentration changes of NaCI (salt chamber), HCl (acid chamber) and NaOH (alkali chamber). In 5 hours of electrodialysis, M
molar of HCl and M molar of NaOH were regenerated from 1M of NaCI solution. Table 3, below summarizes the mass balance of all ions before and after the electrodialysis of the prepared bipolar membrane (dg=86%). The molar numbers of Na and 5042- agreed with each other before and after the electrodialysis. However, the molar number of Cl- before the electrodialysis did not agree with the one after. Without being restricted to theory, this is believed to be due to the electrode reaction. Calculations using Faraday's law indicate that 3.40 x 10-3 mol of Cl- was needed for the electrode reaction. This value agrees with the shortage of 3.25 x 10-3 mol of Cl' seen before and after electrodialysis.
Table 3. Mass Balance of Ions Before and After Electrodialysis of the Co-f'raftPrl_tvnP Rinnlar Memhrane ldu=R6°/nl Before After electrodialysis electrodialysis (0 (300 min) min) H+ Nab Cl- S04 H+ Na+ S04 OH' ' OH' -Cl-(10-Lmol) (10-mol) Salt 1.000 1.000 0.424 0.424 0.024 chamber Acid 1.000 1.000 1.262 0.016 1.231 chamber Alkali 1.000 1.000 1.220 1.2350.010 chamber Electrode 3.000 1.500 3.320 0.010 1.470 chamber Total 1.000 5.000 1.0002.000 1.5001.262 4.980 1.2351.675 1.494 The voltage and current of electrodialysis as a function of operation time showed that the current decreased from the initial 0.07 A to 0.02 A (FIG. 12). The electrical power unit calculated in FIG. 11 and 12 using the above equation is shown in FIG. 13. The electrical power unit was within the range of 2.22.6 kWh/kg. The electrical power unit obtained by radiation induced graft polymerization (RGIP) was compared to those of previous studies involving pasting or grafting, summarized in Table 4, below, (see, J.
I~assotis et al., J.
Electrochem. Sci., 131, 2810 (1984), S. I~. Adhikary et al., React. Polym., 1, 197 (1983), F.
Alvarez et al., J. Membr. Sci., 123, 61 (1997) and G. S. Trivedi et al., React. Funct.
Polym., 32, 209 (1997), each incorporated herein by reference). The electrical power unit of the prepared bipolar membrane exhibited similar order of unit (1.62.6 kWh/kg) to the membrane prepared by a casting method.
Table 4. Previous Studies of Bipolar Membranes Prep. Functional (V) Salt Acid regen.Alkali Electric method group rate x regen. power density 10-a rate unit (mmol/g- (M/min) x 10-2 (kWh/kg-roduct) S03Na N(CH3)3C1 (M/min)salt grou ou removed) Pasting 3.8 CH3COONa 0.025 0.097 Pasting 50 Na2SOd 0.037 0.071 7.1 Pasting 25 C6H4(OH)COONa4.00 g/1-min Casting1.33 1.00 25 NaZS04 0.440 0.650 2.6 Casting1.56 1.41 20 NaZS04 0.570 1.300 1.6 Casting1.32 1.25 25 CH3COONa 0.930 1.000 1.7 RIGP 1.00 0.57 5.1 NaCl 0.087 0.070 2.22.6 Example Two-Immobilization of Microbes Using Graft Polymerized Materials Preparation of the GMA-1~EA-BC Fiber This example describes the immobilization of microbes, in particular the bacteria Staphylococcus aureus, to a material comprising a polyethylene hollow-fiber membrane. The inner and outer diameters of the membrane were 1.9 and 3.2 mm, respectively, with a porosity of 70°/~ and a pore size of 0.34 micrometers. FIG. 14 shows the preparation scheme.
A vinyl monomer, glycidyl methacrylate (GMA, CHa=CCH3COOCH2CHOCH2) was grafted onto the PE membrane by the electron-beam-induced grafting method. The PE
membrane was irradiated with an electron beam at a total dose of 200 kGy at room temperature. The irradiated membrane was then immersed in a GMA solution (10% vol/vol in methanol) and reacted at 313 K. The amount of GMA grafted onto the backbone membrane was calculated as the degree of GMA grafting, dg, using the equation provided below.
The GMA-grafted membrane was reacted with diethylamine (DEA, HN(C2H5)2), and then quaternized with benzyl chloride (BC, C6HSCH2C1). The resulting strong base anion-exchange membranes are referred to as GMA-DEA-BC (dg/Xt/Xq), where dg, Xt and Xq in parentheses designate degree of grafting, conversions of introduction of the tertiary amino group and subsequent quaternization, respectively. The values of dg, Xt and X9 were calculated from the weight change as follows:
dg =100 ((Wl - Wo) l Wo) ~~~
X~ =100 (((1'~a - Wi) l 73) l ((WI - Wo) l 142)) ~~~
X9 =100 (((W3 - W~) l 127) l (WZ - WI ) l 73)) ~/, where Wo, Wl, W2 and W3 are the weights of the starting film, GMA-grafted, DEA-introduced and quaternized membranes, respectively. The FIG.s 142, 73 and 127 correspond to the molecular weights of GMA, DEA and BC, respectively.
Culture of Microorganisms Staphylococcus aureus strain IFO 12732 was obtained from the Institute for Fermentation, Osaka, Japan, and was used as a model microorganism for microbial-cell-immobilization studies. One loopful of the bacteria was inoculated into 10 mL
of rehydration fluid (polypeptone 1.0%, yeast extract 0.2%, MgS04~7HaO 0.1%, pH 7.0) and cultured at 305 K for 18 to 24 h in a test-tube shaker at 100 strokes/min. After the cells in the cultured cell suspension were collected by centrifugation at 5600xg for 15 min in a refrigerated centrifuge at a temperature below 277 K to arrest cell division and hold the cells in the stationary phase, and then washed twice with 10 mL of distilled, deionized and sterilized water. The cells were then resuspended in fresh sterilized water to a final volume of 10 mL.
The cells were serially diluted in sterilized water to the desired cell concentration (about 105 to about 106 cells/mL) before contact with the prepared grafted membranes.
Microbial Cell Adsorption onto the Grafted Type GMA-DEA-BC Membranes Forty milliliters of the prepared cell suspension was added into a 100 mL
flask. Then, prepared GMA-DEA and GMA-DEA-BC membranes were brought into contact with the cells by shaking the flask at 130 rpm at 298 K. GMA-DEA and GMA-DEA-BC
membranes of 10-cm length (cut into 1-cm sections and subsequently sliced vertically in half) were used.
One-tenth milliliter of the contact suspension was pipetted from the flask at specific time intervals, inoculated into 9.9 mL of sterilized water, and serially diluted with sterilized water.
One-tenth milliliter of the diluted suspension was spread on an agar plate containing growth media. The plate was incubated at 310 K for 18 to 20 h, and the number of viable cells in the contact suspension was calculated from the number of colonies formed on the plate.
The adsorption rate of microbial cells by both the GMA-DEA and GMA-DEA-BC
membranes was examined in terms of the decrease in the number of free viable cells. Values of the adsorption rate constant, taking into consideration of the contact surface area for the microbial-cell-capturing action, were determined from the slopes of the logarithm of viable cell number (CFU/mL; colony forming units per milliliter) versus contact time plots. The adsorption rate constant, k, of the various DEA-EO membranes and DEA beads was defined as:
h(dCldt) _ -kAC
where k can be derived as follows under an initial condition of C = Co at t =
0, and the adsorption rate constant is defined by:
k = - (hlA) (1/t) In (ClCo) ~mlsJ
where V, A, t, C and Co are the volume of viable cell suspension, the contact surface area, the contact time, the viable cell number at contact time t and the initial viable cell number, respectively.
Since the pore size of the membrane is about 0.3 micrometer, S. aureus, which has an average diameter of about 1 micrometer, cannot enter the pores of the membrane. As a result, the contact surface area of the fiber was calculated from the outside surface area only excluding the surface area of the pore. In this experiment excess surface area of membrane was provided (maximum cell coverage of 1 %) in order to calculate k. FIG. 15 shows the conversion of quaternization of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fiber. FIG. 16 shows the X-ray microanalysis (XMA) profiles of chloride ion adsorbed on the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fibers as a function of conversion of BC. The fibers were converted into Cl-form before the performance of XMA. FIG. 17 shows the adsorption experiments for the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fibers against Staphylococcus aureus cells. FIG. 18 shows the relationship between the adsorption rate constant and functional-group-density of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fiber. FIG. 19 shows the changes of CFU/mL and pH when the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fiber was brought contact with Staphylococcus aureus cells a function of contact time.
The materials and methods disclosed above are also applicable for the creation of bacterial and viral libraries where, for example, variant strains are immobilized at different domains. Such libraries are useful for detection and characterization of microbial samples, e.g., identification of a pathological strain. In addition, the libraries can be used in the production of antibiotics, for example, to determine the effectiveness of an antibiotic contacted to the bacteria at particular domains at varying dilutions.
Example Three-Library of Cells Used for Diagnostic Assays Libraries of cells from one or more different tissue sources or types are created.
These are used, for example, to determine the levels of disease markers in a sample tissue, or for toxicological assays such as for detecting targets in the environment.
This example describes the manufacture and use of a human ovarian cell library, for diagnosis of ovarian cancer.
Preparation of the Library A glass slide having a coating of high density polyethylene film (HDPE) of about 0.5 micrometers in thickness was used as the base material for grafting. The substrate was irradiated with electron beams from a cascade-type accelerator in a nitrogen atmosphere at a total dose of 200 kGy. Glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) was grafted onto the HDPE
film by immersion of the substrate in a 10 vol/vol% GMA/1-butanol solution with the grafting reaction temperature at 313 I~, to form polymer brushes. After 10 minutes, the substrate was removed and washed to remove any residual GMA and poly-GMA homopolymers.
Degree of grafting was calculated as described, and determined to be about 200%.
Masking of the substrate prior to grafting permitted the formation of 100 domains of polymer brushes, each having dimensions of 2 mm2, presented in a 5 x 20 matrix pattern.
MUC 1 is expressed on the surface of ovarian cancer cells. Nine different splice variants of MUCl have been described. Obermair, et al., (Int J Cancer 2002 Jul 10;100(2):166-71, incorporated by reference) compares patterns of expression of MUC 1 splice variants of malignant and benign ovarian tumors. In this study, ovarian tissue samples were taken from patients with benign ovarian tumors (n = 34) and from patients who had surgery for primary (n = 47) or recurrent (n = 8) ovarian cancer. RT-PCR for MUC1 splice variants A, B, C, D, X, Y, Z, REP and SEC was performed and their expression compared to clinical and histopathologic parameters. Variants A, D, X, Y and Z were more frequently expressed in malignant than in benign tumors. All primary ovarian cancer cases were positive for variant REP but negative for variant SEC. Expression of MUCl splice variants A, D, N, Y, Z and REP is associated with the presence of malignancy, whereas expression of MUC1/SEC is associated with the absence of malignancy.
Goodheart et al, (Gynecol Oncol 2002 Ju1;86(1):85-90, incorporated by reference) showed that an ovarian cancer p53 mutation is associated with tumor microvessel density, as measured by CD31 staining, and other histopathologic factors. In this study, histopathologic and mutational data were related to CD31 staining utilizing the Mantel correlation statistic.
The microvessel density was scored by averaging counts from three high-power (200x) fields. The mean microvessel density counts based on CD31 staining (vessels/HPF) for each FIGO stage and mutation type are reported as: Stage I (10.2), Stage II (10.7), Stage III (13.8), Stage IV (22.0), wild-type p53 (9.3), missense p53 mutation (14.4), and null p53 mutation (23.1) with a significant correlation between microvessel density count and FIGO stage (P =
0.026), grade (P = 0.04), and p53 mutation type (P = 0.02).
Lindgren et al., (Int J Oncol 2002 Sep;21(3):583-9, incorporated by reference) showed that the pattern of estradiol and progesterone differs in serum and tissues of benign and malignant ovarian tumors. Production of both estradiol and progesterone by ovarian cancers has been demonstrated and can be detected. In this study, ovarian tissue, ovarian tumor cyst fluid, ovarian vein samples and peripheral serum concentrations of estradiol and progesterone in pre- and post-menopausal women, subdivided into groups with normal ovaries, benign, borderline and malignant ovarian tumors, were quantitatively assessed. Both ovarian tissue concentrations of estradiol and progesterone were more than 100-fold higher than in serum.
Lower concentrations of estradiol, but not progesterone, were found in ovarian cancer tissue, ovarian cyst fluid and peripheral serum in patients with FIGO stages 3 and 4 than in stages 1 and 2. Finding a large ovarian tissue to serum difference of both estradiol and progesterone indicates an important role of ovarian tissue concentrations in tumor biology and can influence anti-hormonal therapy in women with ovarian cancer.
Ovarian cells obtained from tissue biopsies are immobilized to each domain at constant cell numbers. Reference tissues are obtained from ATCC, selected as control cells in view of the detectable markers disclosed. The cells from the patient and reference tissues are immobilized to the brushes at each domain by lipid rich functional groups.
Immunoglobulins specific to MUC-1 isoforms A,D, X, Y, Z, REP, and SEC were developed using the methods of Takeuchi et al., (Immunol Methods 2002 Dec 15;270(2):199 , incorporated by reference). Monoclonal preparations of anti-CD31, anti-bcl-2, anti-estradiol, and anti-progesterone immunoglobulins were obtained from commercial sources.
The immunoglobulins are fluorescently labeled and applied to the cells at different domains and over concentrations ranging from about 0.001 mg protein/ml to about 10 mg protein/ml.
Detection of labeled targets at each domain is performed by confocal microscopy.
Anti-estradiol, and anti-progesterone immunoglobulins were each prepared in serial dilutions to concentrations of antibodies ranging from 15 mg/ml to 1.5 ng/ml in 0.025 M
borate buffer (pH about 10). Ten microliters of each of the dilutions were placed on independent domains of the library (each having a mean surface area of about 1 mm2) and reacted with the epoxy groups of the GMA grafted brushes for 24 hours at room temperature, after which the unbound antibodies were removed by washing. Ovarian cells obtained from patient and reference tissues were pulse labeled with 35S and cell lysates were contacted to the domains of the library. The domains were washed, and activity at each domain was assayed by counting the beta emissions at each domain address. The data was interpreted using standard ELISA computer algorithms. The data obtained using both libraries are compared to reference standards and predictive values for these markers known in the medical literature, and a diagnosis is made in view of such information.
Example Four-Library of Randomized Peptides A library is developed as described, having approximately 10,000 domains. The library is manufactured on a substrate adapted for a microfluidic chamber.
Glycine is immobilized to the polymer brushes at each domain, and the unbound glycine removed by washing. The substrate is placed in an automated microfluidic device, and random 6-mer polypeptides are synthesized at each domain, with the peptide sequence at each domain address monitored by the controller computer system. The resultant peptide library is used for screening pulse labeled cell lysates as described. Interactions are detected by counting beta emissions at each domain address. Bound targets at domain addresses are recovered and identified by MALDI-TOF spectroscopy. Data pertaining to the interactions and identification of targets is tracked by a laboratory information management system (LIMS).
EQUIVALENTS
From the foregoing detailed description of the specific embodiments of the invention, it should be apparent that a unique compositions comprising graft polymerized materials having functional groups immobilized thereto in multiple layers, as well as methods of making and using such compositions, has been described. Although particular embodiments have been disclosed herein in detail, this has been done by way of example for purposes of illustration only, and is not intended to be limiting with respect to the scope of the appended claims that follow. In particular, it is contemplated by the inventor that substitutions, alterations, and modifications may be made to the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined by the claims. For instance, the number and kind of functional group combinations, or the use of such compositions in particular devices is believed to be matter of routine for a person of ordinary skill in the art with knowledge of the embodiments described herein.
fiber having a material of polyethylene (PE) polymer brushes comprising glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) polymers, and functional groups of diethylamine (DEA) quaternized with benzyl chloride (BC).
FIG. 15 shows the conversion of quaternization of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC
material as a function of reaction time.
FIG. 16 illustrates XMA profiles of chloride ion adsorbed on the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC materials as a function of conversion by BC.
FIG. 17 shows adsorption of Staphylococcus au~eus cells using three grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC materials with different degrees of quaternization.
FIG. 18 shows the relationship between the adsorption rate constant (k) describing the binding of Staphylococcus aureus cells and the functional-group-density of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC material.
FIG. 19 illustrates the changes in CFU/mL (colony forming units) and pH of the flow through solution following contact of the Staphylococcus au~eus cells with the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC material, as a function of contact time.
FIG. 20 illustrates a material library comprising functionalized domains fabricated in an array or matrix format, wherein the domains shown vary in terms of polymer brush length and functional group density.
FIG. 21 illustrates the material library of FIG. 20, wherein a target compound is introduced to one or more domains on the library by a microfluidic device capable of varying the composition of an input solution containing the target, and where binding of a target to one or more domains indicates the optimum binding conditions, i.e., the brush length and functional group density, for isolation of the compound contained in the particular input solution.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art of which this invention belongs. However, the following terms have the meanings specified below.
As used herein, the term "material" refers to a substrate providing one or more surfaces, where at least one surface is capable of forming grafted polymer brushes, or to which polymer brushes can be otherwise affixed. Thus a material may include two or more different materials. There is also a wide variety of shapes, into which the material may be fabricated or otherwise formed, depending on the particular application for which the material will be used. For example, the material may be substantially rigid.
This is appropriate in applications, for example, where the material is formed into e.g., a vial, a pipet tip, a cell culture or ELISA dish, slide or other type of substrate for forming an array or matrix of materials. The material may be substantially flexible along one or more planes, for example formed into a fiber or membrane. The material may be in the form of a powder, a particle preparation or a microparticle suspension. The material may be substantially elongated and flexible, and may define a lumen, for example, fabricated into tubing or pipet tips. A wide variety of materials are appropriate for the materials and methods of making the same which are disclosed herein, and are also described in U.S. Patents No.:6,009,739, 5,783,608, 5,743,940, 5,738,775, 5,648,400, 5,641,482, 5,506,188, 5,425,866, 5,364,638, 5,344,560, 5,308,467, 5,075,342, 5,071,880, 5,064,866, 4,980,335, 4,897,433, 4,622,366, 4,539,277, 4,407,846, 4,379,200, 4,376,794, 4,288,467, 4,287,272, 4,283,442, 4,273,840, 4,137,137 and 4,129,617, each incorporated herein by reference.
As used herein, the term "brush" or "polymer brush" refers to a polymeric side chain that is formed from a polymerization substrate having a radical-polymerizable terminal group, wherein the polymerizable substrate is the material itself, or another polymerizable material that can be engrafted to, or otherwise affixed to the material. The side chain can be any reactive monomer (or polymer), but an easily functionalizable reactive polyvinyl polymer is currently preferred, for example such as polyglycidyl methacrylate (GMA) or polyhydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), which has one reactive epoxide group per repeat.
Polymer brushes are formed by radical polymerization as described below. A
brush has an elongated shape of a particular size in one direction related to the degree of polymerization in a first direction, its "length", and a cross sectional diameter or thickness related to the degree of polymerization in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction, its "width". The brushes can assume a coiled or compacted morphology or an extended morphology.
The width of a brush can vary along its length. In addition, the polymerization reaction can be controlled to create branch-like polymer brush structures, as well as increasing or decreasing brush density, i. e., number of brushers per surface area or per weight of material, as described below. The length, width, branching, and overall morphology of the polymer brushes in the present invention can be varied according to the desired end use or purpose as described herein and by methods known in the art.
As used herein the term "reactive monomer" refers to a compound that is capable of participating in a radical induced grafting reaction. The reactive monomer can be any material capable of forming polymers as described above and herein, for example but not limited to glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), or ethylene. The material and reactive monomer may be of the same compound, for example, a polyethylene material may utilize ethelyene monomers or polymers in the grafting reaction. A wide variety of reactive monomers are appropriate for the membrane compositions and methods disclosed herein, and are described below and in U.S. Patents No.:6,009,739, 5,783,608, 5,743,940, 5,738,775, 5,648,400, 5,641,482, 5,506,188, 5,425,866, 5,364,638, 5,344,560, 5,308,467, 5,075,342, 5,071,880, 5,064,866, 4,980,335, 4,897,433, 4,622,366, 4,539,277, 4,407,846, 4,379,200, 4,376,794, 4,288,467, 4,287,272, 4,283,442, 4,273,840, 4,137,137 and 4,129,617, each incorporated herein by reference.
As used herein the term "degree of polymerization" refers to the extent of radical induced polymerization of a polymerizable substrate having a radical-polymerizable terminal group, with one or more types of a reactive monomer, wherein the polymerization reaction forms a polymer brush. The degree of polymerization is thus determinative of the overall brush surface characteristics. The polymeric side chains can, for example, be a monomer, an oligomer, or have an average length between about 10 nm and about 2000 nm corresponding to anywhere from about several hundred to tens of thousands of monomer units or longer, for example about 5000 nm or more. The degree of polymerization depends on, e.g., the crystalinity of the polymerizable substrate, the degree of radicalization, the length of time the reaction is allowed to progress, and on the physical properties of the polymerizable substrate, i.e., its strength or rigidity (see, Lee, et al., (1999) Chenz, Mater., 11, 3091-3095, incorporated herein by reference).
As used herein the term "degree of grafting" or "DG" refers to the brush density, i.e., the number of the side chains brushes per unit surface area of material.
Anywhere from about 1.0 x 108 to about 1.0 x 103° of the side chains brushes can be present per square meter of surface area or per weight of material, for example, from about 1.0 x 1016 to about 1.0 x 102° of the side chains brushes represents a degree of grafting between about 10% and about 500%. The degree of grafting is essentially a ratio describing the initial weight of a material and the additional weight of the polymer brush structures (see, Lee, et al., (1999).
As used herein a "functional group" refers to a compound having a particular chemical property, biological activity or affinity for a ligand, or a particular structure. A
functional group is immobilized, bound, entrapped, cross-linked or otherwise substantially affixed to the polymer brushes grafted to the material. A wide variety of functional groups are suitable for the present invention, imparting such ftmctionality to the brushes.
Combinations of functional groups are preferred where mufti-functionalized materials are desirable. A functional group can be any molecule or complex of molecules which has the ability to bind a target and immobilize it to the polymer brush. Preferably, the functional group binds its target in a substantially specific manner. Hence, the functional group may optionally be a target whose natural function in a cell is to specifically bind another protein, such as an antibody or a receptor. Alternatively, the functional group may instead be a partially or wholly synthetic or recombinant polypeptide which specifically binds a target.
Alternatively, the ftmctional group may be a polypeptide which has been selected in vitro from a mutagenized, randomized, or completely random and synthetic library by its binding affinity to a specific target. The selection method used may optionally have been a display method such as ribosome display or phage display. Alternatively, the functional group obtained via in vitro selection may be a DNA or RNA aptamer which specifically binds a protein target (for example: Potyrailo et al., Anal. Chem., 70:3419-25, 1998;
Cohen, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 95:14272-7, 1998; Fukuda, et al., Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser., (37):237-8, 1997, each incorporated by reference). Alternatively, the ih vitro selected functional group may be a polypeptide (Roberts and Szostak, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA, 94:12297-302, 1997, incorporated by reference). In an alternative embodiment, the functional group may be a small molecule which has been selected from a combinatorial chemistry library or is isolated from an organism. Functional groups may also be selected on their ability to bind a target and catalyze a biological reaction. Suitable functional groups include, for example and without limitation, anionically dissociating groups (e.g., primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary amines), cationically dissociating groups (e.g., acid groups) with or without coexisting hydrophilic or hydrophobic groups (nonionic groups such as, GMA or other hydrophobic reactive groups), polypeptides, polynucleotides, proteins or active domains thereof, ions, epitopes and affinity tags, nucleic acids, ribonucleic acids, polypeptides, glycopolypeptides, mucopolysaccharides, lipoproteins, lipopolysaccharides, carbohydrates, enzymes or co-enzymes, hormones, chemokines, lymphokines, antibodies, ribozyrnes, aptamers, siRNA's, IFN-alpha, IFN-gamma, SpA, SpG, immunoglobulins including monoclonal and polyclonal preparations, TNF-alpha, TNF-beta, v-Ras, c-Ras, reverse transcriptase, G-coupled protein receptors (GPCR's), FcRn, FcyR's, FcER's, nicotinicoid receptors (nicotinic receptor, GABAA and GABA~ receptors, glycine receptors, 5-HT3 receptors and some glutamate activated anionic channel receptors), ATP-gated channels (also referred to as the P2X purinoceptors), glutamate activated cationic channels (NMDA receptors, AMPA receptors, Kainate receptors, etc.), hemagglutinin (HA), receptor-tyrosine kinases (RTI~'s) such as EGF, PDGF, NGF and insulin receptor tyrosine kinases, SH2-domain proteins, PLC-y, c-Ras-associated GTPase activating protein (RasGAP), phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase (PI-3I~) and protein phosphatase 1 C
(PTP 1 C), as well as intracellular protein tyrosine kinases (PTK's), such as the Src family of tyrosine kinases, protein-tyrosine phosphatases, such as receptor tyrosine phosphatase rho, protein tyrosine phosphatase receptor J, receptor-type tyrosine phosphatase D30, protein tyrosine phosphatase receptor type C polypeptide associated protein, protein tyrosine phosphatase receptor-type T, receptor tyrosine phosphatase gamma, leukocyte-associated Ig-like receptor 1D isoform, LAIR-1D, LAIR-1C, MAP kinases, neuraminidase (NA), proteases, polymerases, serine/threonine kinases, second messengers, antigenic or tumorigenic markers, transcription factors, and other such important metabolic building blocks or regulators, and fluorescent labeled polypeptides or fluorescent polypeptides like GFP, growth factor receptors, hormone receptors, neurotransmitter receptors, catecholamine receptors, amino acid derivative receptors, cytokine receptors, extracellular matrix receptors, lectins, serpins, hydrolases, steroid hormone receptors, transcription factors, heat-shock transcription factors, DNA-binding proteins, zinc-finger proteins, leucine-zipper proteins, homeodomain proteins, intracellular signal transduction modulators and effectors, apoptosis-related factors, DNA
synthesis factors, DNA repair factors, DNA recombination factors, cell-surface antigens, disease markers, hepatitis C virus (HCV) proteases or HIV proteases. Selection and use of functional groups will depend on the application desired, as illustrated herein.
The term "anionically dissociating functional groups" as used herein means those ion-exchange groups whose counter ion is an anion. Anionically dissociating groups have the ability catalyze chemical reactions and to absorb and/or immobilize target compounds or other functional groups and are capable of entering into neutralizing reactions with acidic substances such as hydrogen sulfide or mercaptans, allowing for a wide range of uses with effective removal of the acidic substances.
The term "cationically dissociating functional groups" as used herein means those ion-exchange groups whose counter ion is a cation. A typical cationically dissociating group is an acid group. Cationically dissociating groups have the ability to catalyze chemical reactions and adsorb and/or immobilize target compounds or other functional groups and are capable of releasing a proton (hydrogen ion) to enter into neutralizing reaction with basic substances, say, ammonia or amines. As a result, these groups provide a wide range of uses with basic substances.
The term "hydrophilic functional groups" as used herein refers to groups that have an affinity for water but do not undergo significant ionic dissociation upon contact with water.
Hydrophilic groups have the ability to catalyze chemical reactions and adsorb and/or immobilize target compounds or other functional groups, by providing a hydration shell, or by providing a reactive surface. An example of such group, without limitation, is a hydroxyl group.
The term "hydrophobic functional groups" as used herein refers to groups that do not have an affinity for water. Hydrophobic groups have the ability to catalyze chemical reactions and adsorb andlor immobilize target compounds or other functional groups, by excluding water, or by providing a surface for hydrophobic interactions, or by providing a reactive surface. An example of such group, without limitation, is a nonionic group, an ester group, a succinimide group or an epoxy group.
Detaileel Description of the Invention The present invention provides for compositions and methods of immobilizing functional groups to polymer brushes grafted to one or more materials.
Immobilization methods include entrapment, gelification, physical retention or adsorption, ionic binding, covalent binding or cross-linking (see, Biotechnol. Bioeng., 22:735-756, 1980;
Chem. Eng.
Prog., 86:81-89, 1990; J. Am. Chem. Soc., 117:2732-2737, 1995; Enzyme Microb.
Technol., 14:426-446, 1997; Trends Biotechnol., 13:468-473, 1997; Nat. Biotechnol., 15:789-793, 1997, each incorporated herein by reference). The immobilization method and the amount and kind of the functional groups used both determine the activity of the composition of the present invention. The resulting activity of the immobilized functional group can often further reduced by mass-transfer effects (see, Methods Enzymol., 44:397-413, 1976; J. Am.
Chern. Soc., 114:7314-7316, 1992; Trends Biotechnol., 14:223-229, 1996; Angew.
Chem., 109:746-748, 1997, each incorporated herein by reference). The activity following immobilization can be further reduced as a result of the diminished availability of the functional groups, i.e., due to steric hindrance, entrapment within brushes, pores or other structures on the material substrate, or by slow diffusion of the functional groups. Such limitations lead to lowered efficiency. It is an objective of the present invention to provide materials having a high capacity for functional groups immobilized thereto, The invention is usable with a wide variety of materials, i. e., all polymeric plastics, such as, for example, polyurethanes, polyamides, polyesters, polyethers, polyether-block amides, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride, polycarbonates, polyorganosiloxanes, polyolefins, polysulfones, polyisoprene, polychloroprene, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), corresponding copolymers and blends, as well as natural and synthetic rubbers, metal, glass or wooden bodies. The compositions have multifiuictional properties and can be used to separate, remove, purify, synthesize, concentrate and immobilize compounds, and axe particularly suited to the harsh operating environments, i. e., extreme temperatures and pressures, chemical concentrations, electrical charges, etc., from commercial processes.
In general, the desired target compound is in a sample solution, which can be passed directly through the compositions, as in a filtration membrane, tube, pipet tip or a chromatography matrix. Liquids containing cells or other large insoluble particles may require pre-treatment to separate the larger particles from the smaller soluble ones. However, the polymer brush sizes and brush density provide a degree of physical filtration, and the compositions can be woven or otherwise fabricated into filtration devices if appropriate.
While an aqueous sample solution is often described, one skilled in the art will realize that gaseous samples may be employed. Examples of filter elements for adsorbing gaseous components of a gas stream are described in, for example, United States Patent Application 20020002904 A1, to Gentilcore, et al., published January 10, 2002, herein incorporated by reference. In addition, a membrane or fiber is often described, but the compositions of the invention illustrated below can comprise other forms as described herein. Thus the following is illustrative and are not meant to be limiting examples of the present invention.
Materials Useful in the P~ese~zt Invention In general, the material of the present invention is not limited to any particular type, and any substrate that permits grafting or affixation of the polymer brush is an appropriate material. Treatment of a material surface is acceptable if the original material is not itself sufficient for the polymerization reaction. In such cases, the surface treatment according to the invention can be, for example, a coating formed from a polymeric material.
Materials useful in the present invention are widely available, for example polyolefins (low density or high density) including polyethylene and polypropylene, cellulose (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem.
1990, 36:581; J. Membr. Sci. 1993, 85:71), poly(isobutylene oxide) (see, Radiat. Phys.
Chem. 1987, 30:151), ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene copolymer (see, J.
Electrochem. Soc.
1996, 143: 2795) ethylene-propylene-dime terpolymer (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem.
1991, 37:
83) ethylene-propylene rubber (see, Nippon Gensiryoku Gakkaishi, 1977, 19:340) chlorosulfonated polyethylene (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1991, 37:83) polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) (see, React. Polym. 1993, 21:187; Radiat. Phys.
Chem.
1989, 33:539) tetrafluroethylene-hexafluoropropylene copolymer (see, Radiat.
Phys. Chem.
1988, 32:193) polyvinyl chloride) (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1978, 11:327) silicone rubber (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1988, 32: 605) polyurethanes (see, Radiat. Phys.
Chem. 1981, 18:
323) polyesters (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1988, 31: 579) butadiene-styrene copolymer (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1990, 35: 132) natural and nitrite rubbers (see, Radiat.
Phys. Chem.
1989, 33: 87) cellulose acetate and propionate (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1990, 36: 581) starch and cotton fabric (see, Zhurn, Vsesoyuz. I~him. Ob-va im. D. I.
Mendeleeva. 1981, 26:401) polyester-cellulose fabric (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1981, 18:253) natural leather (see, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1980, 16:411) and medical gauze (see, Zhurn.
Vsesoyuz. Khim.
Ob-va im. D. I. Mendeleeva. 1981, 26:401) hydrophilic polyurethanes, polyureas, olefins, acrylics, as well as other hydrophilic components. Particular materials include polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol copolymers and other poloxamers, heterocyclic monomers (see, Applied Radiation Chemistry: Radiation Processing, Robert J.
Woods and Alexei K. Pikaev, John Wiley 8c Sons, Inc., 1994 (ISBN 0-471-54452-3)), polyethylene glycol) methacrylate or dimethacrylate (see, J. Appl. Polym.
Sci., 1996, 61:2373-2382), polyamine (such as polyethyleneimine), polyethylene oxide), and styrene.
These coatings preferably are covalently bonded to the surface which is being treated. Many methods for forming the coating exist, and include the steps of adsorbing the polymeric material to the surface, and then covalently attaching the polymeric material to the surface by exposure to UV radiation, RF energy, heat, X-ray radiation, gamma radiation, electron beams, chemical initiated polymerization or the like.
A material provides a plurality of surfaces, and may be itself a polymerizable substrate having a radical-polymerizable terminal group, for example, celluloses, polyolefins, polyacrylonitriles, polyesters such as PET and PBT, polyamides such as nylon 6 and nylon 66, as well as combinations of these. An appropriate material may not itself be polymerizable, but is suitable for the present invention provided polymer brushes can be grafted, affixed, or otherwise adhered to the non-polymerizable material.
A carbohydrate polymer, such as cellulose or lignin, or a similar material, can be used as the material. An example of a composition and method of a grafted carbohydrate polymer having pendant 3-amino-2-hydroxy propyl groups grafted thereon, for use as a retention aid and strengthening additive in paper manufacture is described in United States Patent Application 20020026992 A1, to Antal, et al., published March 7, 2002, incorporated herein by reference. The method of radiatioxi induced grafting to cellulose is described in, Yamagishi et al., (1993) J. Membr. Sci., 85, 71-80, incorporated herein by reference.
When the carbohydrate polymer is a component of wood pulp the resulting chemically modified wood pulp may be employed in conjunction with unmodified wood pulp to incorporate therein the retention and strengthening characteristics.
Typical sources of the carbohydrates, specifically celluloses that can be used as the material include wood celluloses such as paper pulp and wood chips. In addition to these celluloses, leaf fiber cellulose, stem fiber cellulose and seed tomentous or pubescent fiber cellulose can also be used. Examples of such celluloses include bast fibers (e.g., hemp, flax, ramie and Manila hemp) and cotton.
If desired, rice straw, coffee bean husk, spent tea leaves, soy pulp and other waste can be recycled for use as cellulose. Such waste is very convenient to use as a material because it does not require any special preliminary treatments. One such source for cellulose for use in the present invention is paper pulp.
Metallic materials can be grafted with biologically active compounds, for example surface-modified medical metallic materials having a gold or silver thin layer plated onto a base metal, as described in United States Patent Application 20010037144, Al to I~im, et al., published November 1, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
Animal tissues such as fiber, hair, and leather can be used as the material.
One skilled in the art would be able to determine if an animal product provided the desired properties for use as a material. For example, where it is desired that the invention be used in a mechanical filtration, fibers, for example, can be woven or otherwise fabricated into among other forms, membrane compositions or sheets. Examples of fibers or animal hairs that can be used as materials include wool, camel hair, alpaca, cashmere, mohair, goat hair, rabbit hair, and silk.
Examples of natural leather that can be used as materials include cowskin, goatskin, and the skin or hide of reptiles. Examples of synthetic leather that can be used as materials include CORFAM~ (DuPont), CLARINO~ (Kuraray), and ECSAINE~ (Toray).
Polyolefins can also be used as materials (see, Applied Radiation Chemistry:
Radiation Processing, Robert J. Woods and Alexei K. Pikaev, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994 (ISBN 0-471-54452-3), Introduction to Radiation Chemistry 3rd Edition, J.W.T. Spinks and R.J. Woods, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1990 (ISBN 0-471-61403-3), Radiation Chemistry of Polymeric Systems, A. Chapiro, Interscience, New York, 1962, Atomic Radiation and Polymers, A Charlesby, Pergamon Press, 1960, Radiat. Phys. Chem.
1991, 37:175-192, and Prog. Polym. Sci. 2000, 25:371-401 (all incorporated herein by reference in their entirety). Polyolefins can be fabricated into many shapes and forms.
They are capable of being molded, thermoformed, poured, extruded and otherwise shaped by processes well known in the art, such as the formation of fibers or filaments by conventional melt spinning processes. In addition, polyolefm compounds are useful in among other industries, the biotechnology industry, largely because polyolefin products are resistant to chemical degradation from common laboratory reagents, are durable and can be reused, and are chemically inert, and are inexpensive and often disposable. Polyolefin compounds are currently preferred materials as they demonstrate these properties and additionally provide a polymerizable substrate having a radical-polymerizable terminal group. Olefin monomers and polymers are well suited to the grafting techniques of the invention both as materials and additionally as reactive monomers. Examples of polyolefins include, for example, polyethylene and polypropylene. If desired, these materials can be modified, for example by incorporating halogens into the polymer, such as chlorine, fluorine, or bromine, for example the halogenated polyolefm, polytetraflurorethylene. Other modifications such as incorporation of hydroxyl groups into the polymer are also appropriate.
Polyolefinic polymers having weight-averaged molecular weights in the range of from 20,000 to 750,000 daltons are suitable for the present invention. One skilled in the art would know which molecular weights are appropriate for the particular purpose. For example, a polyolefin having a molecular weight from about 50,000 daltons to about 500,000 daltons is suitable to use in the production of fiber or filament, used for example, in a membrane comprising polyolefin filaments or fibers (see, above) further comprising brushes having combinations of functional groups affixed thereto. When the molecular weight of a polyolefin is greater than about 500,000 daltons, the fluidity ofthe resultant polyolefin is low, and it is difficult to form the polyolefin into such a filament by conventional melt spinning processes.
However, the structural rigidity of a polyolefin greater than about 500,000 daltons is suitable, for example, in high density applications such as containers, freezing vials for cells, and the like. By contrast, when the molecular weight of a polyolefin is lower than about 50,000 daltons, the strength and rigidity of the polymer is lessened and a filament obtained therefrom does not have a sufficient tensile strength. However the structural rigidity of a polyolefm when the molecular weight of a polyolefin is lower than about 50,000 daltons is suitable, for example, in a powder or microcrystaline composition. An example of a polymerized grafted and crosslinkable thermoplastic polyolefin powder composition in the form of a powder intended for the production of flexible coatings by its free flow over a hot mold is described in United States Patent Application 20020019487 Al, to Valligy, et al., published February 14, 2002, hereby incorporated by reference. Another polymerized grafted and crosslinkable thermoplastic polyolefin powder composition is described in EP0409992, incorporated by reference, is directed to a process for the preparation of particles of crosslinkable thermoplastic polyolefin polymers according to which said particles are brought into contact, in the solid state, with the crosslinking agent, in particular by means of a mineral oil.
The shape of the material is not limited in any particular way, and various shapes can be employed as selected from among fibers, films, flakes, powders, sheets, mats and spheres.
The material of the present invention has the function of serving as a structural member that supports the polymer brushes. From the viewpoint of maximizing the area of adsorption and/or immobilization and enhancing the efficiency of adsorption and/or immobilization, the use of fibrous materials is advantageous. Grafted fibers in porous hollow fiber membrane configurations or woven or otherwise fabricated into sheets provide two examples of a substantially enhanced brush surface area. Materials with lumenal inner surfaces can also be adapted to enhance brush surface area by manufacturing the material such that the lumenal surface contains irregularities or projections. An analogous illustration of this embodiment may be found in physiology, using the small intestine as an example: the mucosal surface contains villiar projections (i.e., the surface irregularities) and upon each villus are thousands of microvillar structures (i.e., the polymer brushes).
Woven fiber sizes appropriate for the present invention range from about 10 nm to about 100,000 nm. It is particularly advantageous to use woven fibrous materials having fiber diameters of from about 1000 nm to about 50,000 nm. One of the reasons why fibrous materials are advantageous is that they can be easily worked or woven into a desired shape, i.e., a fabric, and assembled in a device. Further, fibrous materials generally have no potential to release fine particles or dust into the atmosphere and, hence, they can be used in semiconductors and other areas of precision machining. If fibrous materials are to be used, they can be staple fibers or filaments. Such fibers can be processed into woven or nonwoven fabrics. If the membrane of the present invention employs a fibrous substrate, it can be used in admixture with other fibrous materials. Combinations of fibers thereby comprising different functional groups can be fabricated, thus providing for multifunctional properties in a single membrane composition.
Fibers can also be porous hollow fibers manufactured as nonwoven substrates.
Examples of commercially available porous hollow fibers are those manufactured by Asahi Chemical Industry, Corp., described herein. These can have a broad range of porosity and be fabricated into, for example, filtration devices. Furthermore, a combination of porosity and fiber composition thereby provides physical and molecular immobilization, filtration or concentration. If fibrous materials are to be used in a spherical form, their diameter is advantageously adjusted to lie between about 2 and 20 mm, simply from the viewpoint of ease of handling. The porosity of the material of the present invention has an average pore diameter of about 0.1 nm to about 50,000 nm, and preferably about 1 nm to 5000 nm, and more preferably 10 to 1000 nm from the standpoint of the desired functional activity and permeability of the material. ~ne skilled in the art could determine the optimal composition and porosity for a given application. When the average pore diameter is too small, the permeability of the membrane composition is decreased. When the average pore diameter is too large, desired substances would are not well adsorbed on the brush surface of the porous material. Instead, the subject sample would pass through the pores of the porous material without contacting the brush surface and functional groups, so that the activity of the desired functional group cannot be attained. The porosity of the porous material of the present invention is preferably in the range of from 20 to 90 %, more preferably SO to 90 %. The degree of porosity depends e.g., on the physical properties of the material used.
Measurement of porosity and pore size etc. of a material is generally well known in the art, for example, the bubble point method, mercury pressure method, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) or Tunneling Electron Microscopy (TEM) or the nitrogen adsorption method (see, ASTM F316, 1970; Pharmaceutical Tech., 1978, 2:65-75; Filtration in the Pharmaceutical Industry, Marcel Dekker, 1987, incorporated herein by reference).
Agents for Ge~e~ati~g Radicals The agent generating radicals which are capable of creating radical sites is an organic peroxide or a perester such as, for example, tert-butylperoxy 3,5,5-trimethylhexanoat- e, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(benzoylperoxy)hexane, tent-butyl-peroxy 2-ethylhexyl carbonate, tert-butylperoxy acetate, tert-amylperoxy benzoate, tent-butylperoxy benzoate, 2,2-di(tert-butylperoxy)butane, n-butyl 4,4-di(tert-butyl-peroxy)valerate, ethyl 3,3-di(tert-butylperoxy)-butyrate, dicumyl peroxide, tert-butyl cumyl peroxide, di-tert-amyl peroxide, di(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene, 2,5-dimethyl-2,6-di(ter- t-butylperoxy)hexane, di-tert-butyl peroxide, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-tert-but- ylperoxy-3-hexyne, 3,3,6,6,9,9-hexamethyl-1,2,4,5-tetraoxacyclononane, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, 3,4-dimethyl-3,4-diphenylhexane, 2,3-dimethyl-2,3-diphenylbutane and tert-butyl perbenzoate and azo compounds, for example azobisisobutyronitrile and dimethyl azodiisobutyrate; the said agent is preferably chosen within the group consisting of dicumyl peroxide, tert-butyl cumyl peroxide, di-tert-amyl peroxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(tertbutylperoxy)- -3-hexyne.
Radiation Induced Graft Polyme~izatio~
Graft polymerization can be carried out, for example, by polymerization in the presence of a chemical or inducible polymerization initiator, thermal polymerization, irradiation-induced polymerization using ionizing radiation (e.g., alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, accelerated electron rays. X-rays, or ultraviolet rays).
Polymerization induced by gamma rays or accelerated electron rays provides a convenient graft polymerization method.
Several methods of graft polymerization of a reactive monomer to a material exist.
The material can be a formed article or can be manufactured into a product or device at a later time. Liquid phase polymerization, in which a formed article is directly reacted with a liquid reactive monomer, and gaseous or vapor phase polymerization, in which a formed axticle is brought into contact with vapor or gas of a reactive monomer, are two polymerization methods that are useful in the present invention according to the end use or purpose. Vapor phase grafting is described in J. Membr. Sci. 1993, 85:71-80, Chem. Mater.
1991, 3:987-989, Chem. Mater. 1990, 2:705-708, and AIChE J. 1996, 42:1095-1100, all of which axe herein incorporated by reference.
Graft polymerization of the reactive monomer to the material is performed.
Grafting proceeds in three different ways: (a) pre-irradiation; (b) peroxidation and (c) mutual irradiation technique. In the pre-irradiation technique, the first polymer backbone is irradiated in vacuum or in the presence of an inert gas to form radicals. The irradiated polymer substrate is then treated with the monomer, which is either liquid or vapor or as a solution in a suitable solvent. However, in the peroxidation grafting method, the trunk polymer is subjected to high-energy radiation in the presence of air or oxygen. The result is the formation of hydroperoxides or diperoxides depending on the nature of the polymeric backbone and the irradiation conditions. The peroxy products, which are stable, are then treated with the monomer at higher temperature, whence the peroxides undergo decomposition to radicals, which then initiate grafting. The advantage of this technique is that the intermediate peroxy products can be stored for long periods before performing the grafting step. On the other hand, with the mutual irradiation technique the polymer and the monomers are irradiated simultaneously to form the radicals and thus addition takes place.
Since the monomers are not exposed to radiation in the preirradiation technique, the obvious advantage of that method is that it is relatively free from the problem of homopolymer formation which occurs with the simultaneous technique. However, the decided disadvantage of the pre-irradiation technique is the scission of the base polymer due to its direct irradiation, which brings forth predominantly the formation of block copolymers rather than graft copolymers.
The material substrate surfaces activated in this way are coated in a solution including reactive monomers, for example, tert-butylaminoethyl methacrylate, by known methods, such as by dipping, spraying or brushing. Suitable solvents have proved to be water and water/ethanol mixtures, although other solvents can also be used if they have a sufficient dissolving power for tent-butylaminoethyl methacrylate, and wet the material substrate surfaces thoroughly. Solutions having reactive monomer contents of 0.1 % to 10% by weight, for example about 5% by weight, have proved suitable in practice and in general give continuous coatings which cover the substrate surface and have coating thicknesses which can be more than 0.1 ~,m in one pass. Two, three, or more different reactive monomers can be cografted to the material, see, Chem. Mater. 1999, 11:1986-1989, J. Membr.
Sci. 1993, 81:295-305, J. Electrochem. Soc. 1995, 142:3659-3663, and React. Polym. 1993, 21:187-191, all incorporated herein by reference.
A reactive monomer is any compound that is capable of participating in a radical induced graft polymerization reaction. The reactive monomer thus incorporates in the side chain reaction, and forms polymer brushes. The term monomer is used for simplicity, as side reactions between reactive monomers can create oligomers before these are in turn involved in the polymerization reaction with the material, and oligomers or even polymers are also useful reactive species for the present invention. As described above, monomer side chain brushes can be obtained, comprising multiple functional groups, i. e., three functional groups on a single monomeric brush.
The material and reactive monomer may be the same compound, for example, a polyethylene material may utilize ethylene monomers or polymers in the grafting reaction.
Reactive monomers that can be used in the present invention include, for example, vinyl monomers and heterocyclic monomers. Other specific examples of suitable reactive monomers include vinyl monomers containing a glycidyl group, e.g., glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methylitaconate, ethyl glycidyl maleate, and glycidyl vinyl sulfonate; and vinyl monomers containing a cyano group, e.g., acrylonitrile, vinylidene cyanide, crotononitrile, methacrylonitrile, chloroacrylonitrile, 2-cyanoethyl methacrylate, and 2-cyanoethyl acrylate. These have epoxide groups for immobilization of functional groups and vinyl groups, which provide reactive polymerization sites and are thereby useful as reactive monomers. Ring-opening, i. e., the conversion of the epoxy groups into diol groups of the poly-GMA brushes is described in J. Membr. Sci. 1996, 117:33-38 (incorporated by reference).
The reactive monomers are covalently bonded to the material through the polymerization reaction, or are separately formed and affixed or adhered to the material. The reactive monomers form polymer brushes that are thereby grafted to the material. The degree of grafting is determined by the choice of material and reactive monomer, the polymerization method, and the desired length and width of the brushes. In certain cases, the resultant polymer brushes of the invention have bioactive properties themselves, for example, tert-butylaminoethyl methacrylate on a surface of an article or apparatus displays antimicrobial activity.
Measurement of modified or grafted materials can be determined by, for example degree of grafting, assaying thickness or weight, water content, IR method (FTIR-ATR, etc), titration for ion-exchange groups, zeta-potential, Donnan method, atomic force microscopy (AFM), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), determination of contact angle, XPS
(X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy), XMA (x-ray microanalysis), and SIMS (secondary ion mass spectrometry).
The grafting copolymerization of the reactive monomer applied to the activated surfaces is also effected by radical induced polymerization initiated by, for example, short wavelength radiation in the visible range or in the long wavelength segment of the UV range of electromagnetic radiation. The radiation of a UV-Excimer of wavelengths 250 to 500 nm, preferably 290 to 320 nm, for example, is particularly suitable. Mercury vapor lamps are also suitable here if they emit considerable amounts of radiation in the ranges mentioned. The exposure times generally range from 10 seconds to 30 minutes, preferably 2 to 15 minutes. A
suitable source of radiation is, for example, a UV-Excimer apparatus HERAEUS
Noblelight, Hanau, Germany. However, mercury vapor lamps are also suitable for activation of the substrate if they emit considerable proportions of radiation in the ranges mentioned. The exposure time generally ranges from 0.1 second to 20 minutes, preferably 1 second to 10 minutes.
The activation of the reactive monomers and materials with UV radiation can furthermore be carried out with an additional photosensitizer. Suitable such photosensitizers include, for example, benzophenone, as such are applied to the surface of the substrate and irradiated. In this context, irradiation can be conducted with a mercury vapor lamp using exposure times of 0.1 second to 20 minutes, preferably 1 second to 10 minutes.
According to the invention, the activation can also be achieved by a high frequency or microwave plasma (Hexagon, Technics Plasma, X5551 Kirchheim, Germany) in air or a nitrogen or argon atmosphere. The exposure times generally range from 30 seconds to 30 minutes, preferably 2 to 10 minutes. The energy output of laboratory apparatus is between 100 and 500 W, preferably between 200 and 300 W.
For example, a Corona apparatus (SOFTAL, Hamburg, Germany) can furthermore be used for the polymer activation. In this case, the exposure times are, as a rule, 1 to 10 minutes, preferably 1 to 60 seconds.
The flaming of surfaces likewise leads to activation of the reactive monomers and materials. Suitable apparatus, in particular those having a barrier flame front, can be constructed in a simple manner or obtained, for example, from ARCOTEC, 71297 Monsheim, Germany. The apparatus can employ hydrocarbons or hydrogen as the combustible gas. In all cases, harmful overheating of the materials must be avoided, which is easily achieved by intimate contact with a cooled metal surface on the substrate surface facing away from the flaming side. Activation by flaming is accordingly limited to relatively thin, flat materials. The exposure times generally range from 0.1 second to 1 minute, preferably 0.5 to 2 seconds. The flames without exception are nonluminous and the distances between the substrate surfaces and the outer flame front ranges from 0.2 to 5 cm, preferably O.Sto2cm.
In the case of ionizing radiation initiated polymerization, in addition to the ultraviolet radiation discussed above, electron beams, X-rays, alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, etc., can be used. Graft polymerization condition changes with such variables, as the crystalline and amorphous structure of the material polymer, the influence of solvent or gasses, temperature, pH, the hydrophobicity/hydrophilicity of the material, reactive monomers, irradiation dose and intervals of exposure, aid the type of radicals generated by irradiation.
One skilled in the art would recognize such variables and adjust experimental conditions accordingly, for example activation by electron beams or gamma-rays, from a cobalt-60 source allow short exposure times which generally range from about 0.1 to about 60 seconds and employ dose ranges of about 1 to about 500 kGy. These high energy radiation sources are appropriate for applications where it is desirable to initiate a radical induced polymerization reaction on one or more intraluminal surfaces of a material.
Multiple grafting steps can also be used to create the polymer brushes.
Radicals are generated in the material, for example a polymer material is irradiated at an ambient temperature under nitrogen atmosphere to create radicals for polymer grafting.
In the currently preferred embodiment, irradiation is performed by using an electron beam accelerator. Graft polymerization of reactive monomers (for example, liquid phase grafting) is performed on the material to allow the formation of polymer brushes. As such, grafted polymer #1 is obtained. The above processes are repeated to obtain grafted polymer #2, grafted polymer #3 and so on. Moreover, the grafting process can be stopped at any step depending on the desired complexity of the brush structure. Different reactive monomers can be used at each grafting step, providing a plurality of brush compositions for immobilizing numerous types of functional groups or bioactive molecules thereto. The process can include immobilization of functional groups followed by additional grafting reactions.
Functionalized Polymer Brushes The present invention provides materials having grafted polymer brushes, and methods of making the same as. While these polymer brush structures are designed to have specific physical properties themselves, due to, for example, their size, brush density and brush morphology, the invention provides that these polymer brushes may be functionalized, i.e., the brushes have one or more types of functional groups immobilized thereto. Methods of immobilizing functional groups to particular substrates are known in the art, and axe applicable for immobilizing the same to the present materials using the teachings provided herein. One or more types of functional groups can be immobilized to the materials, i. e., one, two, three, four, or five or more different types of functional groups may be used, depending on the desired functionality.
Agents for Immobilizing Functiov~al Groups to the Brushes The polymer brush structures of the present invention include reactive groups on the brush surface, thus permitting the immobilization of functional groups thereto resulting in materials having functional or multifunctional properties. Different methods for immobilization of functional groups to the polymer brushes include, for example, physical adsorption (non-covalent bridges such as ionic and hydrogen bonds, hydrophobic interactions and van der Waals forces), immobilization via reactive groups, aminopropyltriethoxysilane , bridges, glutaraldehyde, or bis(sulfosuccinimidyl) suberate activation, or via aldehydye groups, phosphoramidite groups, peptide groups, binding through biotin or avidin, protein A
or G, attachment via metal-carrying media, such as chelate-forming .iminodiacetate groups, copper ions, nickel ions, ferric or ferrous ions, zinc ions, magnesium ions, manganese ions, cobalt ions or similar charged species including complexes of the same, covalent attachment of oxidized groups, for example to oxidize the carbohydrate moieties in an antibody's Fc region with periodate to form aldehyde groups, which are then chemically bound to hydrazide-activated solid supports such as agarose, silica, acrylic-based copolymers, and cellulose. Methods for immobilization of nucleic acids include, for example, adsorption: (i) electrochemical adsorption: electrostatic attraction between the positively charged solid support and the negatively charged oligonucleotides. (ii) hybridization between electrochemically adsorbed oligonucleotides and its complementary target for sequence specific hybridization, avidin-biotin complexation, covalent attachment: (i) through deoxyguaosine group using carbodiimide method (in other words, carboxylic group (-COOH)), (ii) amino groups (-NH2), phosphoric acid groups. Organic synthesis (or peptide synthesis) can be performed directly on the polymer brushes or on functional groups immobilized thereto (see, U.S. patent number 6,306,975, incorporated by reference). Other coupling chemistries are well known in the art, and by using graft polymerization, one can prepare solid supports having a plurality of functional groups (see, J.
Biochem. Biophys.
Methods 2001, 49:467-480, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1987, 30:263-270, Biosens.
Bioelectron.
2000, 15:291-303, Analytica Chimica Acta 1997, 346:259-275, Chem. Rev. 2000, 100:
2091-2157, Tetrahedron 1998, 54: 15383-15443, Radiat. Phys. Chem. 1986, 27:265-273, and Solid-Phase Synthesis and Combinatorial Technologies by Pierfausto Seneci, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc:, 2000, all incorporated herein by reference).
Another method of immobilizing a molecule to the brush surface includes, without limitation, silanes of the formula SiX3-R, wherein X is a methyl group or a halogen atom such as chlorine and R is a functional group which can be a coating material as described herein or a group which is reactive with a coating material. Particular silane-terminated compounds include vinyl silanes, silane-terminated acrylics, silane-terminated polyethylene glycols (PEGs), silane-terminated isocyanates and silane-terminated alcohols.
The silanes can be reacted with the surface by various means known to those skilled in the art. For example, dichloro methyl vinyl silane can be reacted with the surface in aqueous ethanol.
This strongly binds to the surface via --O--Si bonds or directly with the silicon atom. The vinyl group of the silane can then be reacted with polymeric materials as described herein using appropriate conventional chemistries. For example, a methacrylate-terminated PEG
can be reacted with the vinyl group of the silane, resulting in a PEG that is covalently bonded to the surface of the present device.
In addition, spacer molecules may be inserted between the functional group and the polymer brush, as is known in the art, to facilitate binding or improve the activity of the functional group or bioactive molecule. The extended morphology of the brushes can function as spacers, or additional chemical spacers can be used. Branch-like grafted brush structures often provide optimal steric positioning of laxger functional groups, or ones having larger cognate targets.
These functional groups impart to the compositions of the invention particular properties. For example, the functional groups can change the effective or active surface area and thereby change the adsorptive capacity. In certain embodiments, they provide for particular brush shapes. In other embodiments they impart a particular strength, chemical resistance, enzymatic property, affinity for a target, or provide other effective functionality to the materials, such as the ability to catalyze a reaction or deliver a compound to cells.
Functional groups that are appropriate for immobilization by the brushes in the compositions of the present invention include, for example, ion exchange functional groups, i.e., anionically dissociating groups and cationically dissociating groups, hydrophilic functional groups, affinity functional groups, enzymatic functional groups, and other such functional groups that have the ability to adsorb and/or immobilize other molecules, or cause a catalytic reaction, alone or in combination with mechanical or physical properties of the polymer brush structures, i. e., adjusting the density and morphology of the brushes to optimize the surface area of a charged group, or to increase the activity of catalytic sites, or sterically optimize the binding sites of the functional groups immobilized thereto, thereby optimizing their association with a particular ligand or target.
One or more kinds of anionically dissociating substances can be immobilized by the polymer brushes. Examples of suitable anionically dissociating groups include quaternary ammonium salts and primary, secondary, and tertiary amino or amido groups.
Specific examples include an amino group, a methylamino group, a dirnethylamino group, and a diethylamino group. Preferred anionically dissociating groups include the amino group and quaternary ammonium salts. Reactive monomers that have such anionically dissociating groups and that are useful in the present invention include, for example, vinylbenzyltrimethyl ammonium salt, diethylaminoethyl methacrylate, dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, diethylaminoethyl acrylate, diethylaminomethyl methacrylate, tertiary-butylaminoethyl acrylate, tertiary-butylaminoethyl methacrylate and dimethylaminopropylacrylamide. Also useful in the present invention are reactive monomers that have epoxide groups capable of conversion to anionically dissociating groups. An example of such a reactive monomer is glycidyl methacrylate. An example of an amine capable of converting the epoxide group to an anionically dissociating group is diethylamine.
One or more kinds of cationically dissociating groups can be immobilized by the polymer brushes. Examples of such cationically dissociating groups include, for example, a carboxyl group, a sulfone group, a phosphate group, a sulfoethyl group, a phosphomethyl group, a carbomethyl group. Preferred cationically dissociating groups include a sulfone group and a carboxyl group. Reactive monomers that have such cationically dissociating groups and that are useful include, for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, styrenesulfonic acid and salts thereof, and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfoni.c acid.
One or more kinds of hydrophilic substances can be immobilized by the polymer brushes. Such hydrophilic groups are capable of trapping the water molecules present in air, forming a layer of adsorbed water on the surface of the membrane of the present invention.
Such hydrophilic groups will function in water in the same manner as in air.
Examples of suitable hydrophilic groups include, for example, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group (where the alkyl group is preferably a lower alkyl group), an amino group and a pyrrolidonyl group. Preferred hydrophilic groups include a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group and a pyrrolidonyl group. One or more kinds of hydrophilic groups can be immobilized onto the polymer brush. Reactive monomers that have such hydrophilic groups and that are useful in the present invention include, for example, ethanolamine, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxypropyl acrylate, vinylpyrrolidone, dimethylacrylamide, ethylene glycol monomethacrylate, ethylene glycol monoacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate and triethylene glycol methacrylate. Thus a polymer brush may itself comprise a functional group, or one may be immobilized to the brush.
One or more kinds of functional groups can be immobilized on the polymer brushes.
Such groups can be combined or immobilized in discrete multi-layers to impart an additional degree of functionality to the composition. For example, the present invention provides materials having enzymatic activity such as the ability to phosphorylate or dephosphorylate a target polypeptide substrate, the ability to digest, i. e., a nucleic acid at a restriction site, or hydrolyze a polypeptide, the ability to radiolabel a polynucleotide or polypeptide, i. e., using llas~ hay Psa~ Sss~ Crsi ~d other radionuclides, or the ability to catalyze a biological or chemical reaction. Examples of enzyme functional groups that can be bound to or isolated using the polymer brushes, and potential uses for those enzymes, include, but are not limited to ascorbic acid oxidase (e.g., for avoidance of interference of ascorbic acid on diagnostic assays of blood, urine, or other samples), aspartase (e.g., for conversion of fiunaric acid to L-aspartic acid), aminoacylase (e.g., for conversion of acetyl-D,L-amino acids to L-amino acids), tyrosinase (e.g., for synthesis of tyrosine from phenol, pyruvate and ammonia), lipase (e.g., for hydrolysis of a cyano-ester to ibuprofen or hydrolysis of a diltiazem precursor), penicillin amidase (e.g., for production of ampicillin and amoxycillin), hydantoinase and carbamylase (e.g., for hydrolysis of 5-p-HP-hydantoine to d-p-HP-glycine), DNase (e.g., for hydrolysis of DNA to oligonucleotides), bovine liver catalase (e.g., for hydrolysis of hydrogen peroxide), trypsin and chymotrypsin (e.g., for hydrolysis of whey proteins), arginase and aspaxaginase (e.g., for hydrolysis of arginine and asparagine), proteases (e.g., to remove organic stains from fabrics), lipases (e.g., to remove greasy stains from fabrics), amylase (e.g., to remove residues of starchy foods from fabrics), cellulase (e.g., to restore a smooth surface to fibers of fabrics and restore fabrics to their original colors), proteases and lipases (e.g., to intensify flavor and accelerate the aging process of foods), lactase (e.g., to produce low-lactose milk and related products for special dietary requirements), beta-glucanase (e.g., to help the clarification process of wines), cellulase (e.g., to aid the breakdown of cell walls in winemaking), pectinase (e.g., to improve fruit juice extraction and reduce juice viscosity), cellulase (e.g., to improve juice yield and color of fruit juice), lipase (e.g., for hydrolysis of fats and oils or the production of fatty acids, glycerine, fatty acids (e.g., used to produce pharmaceuticals, flavors, fragrances and cosmetics), alpha-amylase (e.g., for liquefaction of starch or fragmentation of gelatinized starch), aminoglucosidase (e.g., for saccharification or complete degradation of starch and dextrins into glucose), alpha-amylase (e.g., for conversion of starch to fructose), glucoamylase and pullulanase (e.g., for saccharification), glucose isomerase (e.g., for isomerization of glucose), beta-glucanase (e.g., for reduction of beta-glucans), beta-glucanase (e.g., for reduction of beta-glucans and pentosans), lipase, amidase and nitrilase (e.g., for manufacture of enantiomeric intermediates for drugs and agrochemicals), lipase (e.g., to remove fats in the de-greasing process in the leather industry), amylase and cellulase (e.g., to produce fibers from less valuable raw materials in the textiles industry), xylanase (e.g., as a bleaching catalyst during pretreatment for the manufacture of bleached pulp for paper), beta-galactosidase (e.g., for hydrolysis of lactose to glucose), trypsin and chymotrypsin (e.g., for hydrolysis of high-molecular-weight protein in milk), alpha-galactosidase and invertase (e.g., for hydrolysis of raffinose), alpha-amylase, beta-amylase, and pullulanase (e.g., for hydrolysis of starch to maltose), pectinase (e.g., for hydrolysis of pectins), endopeptidase (e.g., for hydrolysis of k-casein), protease and papain (e.g., for hydrolysis of collagen and muscle proteins), glucose oxidase and catalase (e.g., for conversion of glucose to gluconic acid), lipase (e.g., for hydrolysis of triglycerides to fatty acids and glycerol, hydrolysis of olive oil triglycerides, hydrolysis of soybean oil, butter oil glycerides and milk fat), cellulase and beta-glucosidase (e.g., for hydrolysis of cellulose to cellobiose and glucose), and fumarase (e.g., for hydrolysis of fiunaric acid to 1-malic acid). Alternatively, microorganisms or fragments thereof can be functional groups, for example, such as Pseudomonas dacunhae (e.g., for conversion of L-aspartic acid to L-alanine), Curvularia lunata/Candida simplex (e.g., for conversion of cortexolone to hydrocortisone and prednisolone), or Saccharomyces and other yeasts (e.g., for fermentation of sugars and anaerobic fermentation); all can be immobilized on the polymer brushes.
The functional groups can include all hydrophilic groups, anionically dissociating groups and/or cationically dissociating groups, and enzymes. Stated more specifically, the polymer brush can include multiple functional groups (e.g., anionically dissociating groups and hydrophilic groups, or alternatively cationically dissociating groups and hydrophilic groups) or three kinds of functional groups (e.g., hydrophilic groups, anionically dissociating groups, and cationically dissociating groups), or more (e.g., hydrophilic groups, anionically dissociating groups, cationically dissociating groups, enzymes, SpA and one or more immunoglobulins). Combinations of functional groups that are appropriate in the present invention include, for example, an ionic group and a non-ionic group, i. e., an amine group with a coexisting hydrophilic group. A preferred embodiment additionally comprises a second functional group in combination with the first functional groups described above. In a currently preferred embodiment, the first, second, third, and fourth functional groups are immobilized on the polymer brushes in multilayers. Thus, one of the major features of the present invention is that different kinds of molecules having hydrophilic domains (non-ions) present in a sample solution with molecules having ionic domains (anions and/or cations), or molecules having a phosphorylation state, or a binding site or nucleotide or polypeptide sequence can be recovered, purified, concentrated and isolated, modified, synthesized, or otherwise utilized with the compositions of the invention. The functional group may be altered to change the binding of a substrate bioactive molecule, to thereby tailor the dissociation rate ih vivo, and provide controlled release of the substrate bioactive molecule bound thereto. Such alteration or chemical modification may be effectuated on the compositions of the present invention, or the modifications may be effectuated before immobilization to the polymer brush surface.
The functional groups can include antibodies or domains or fragments thereof.
Hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, provide one method for immobilizing one or more antibodies to the polymer brushes via lysine residues, thereby producing functionalized materials with affinities for antigenic targets. The carbohydrate moieties, described above, provide yet another source for immobilization to the polymer brushes or to fractional groups.
The basic antibody structural unit is known to comprise a tetramer. Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one "light" (about 25 kDa) and one "heavy" chain (about 50-70 kDa). The amino-terminal portion of each chain includes a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition. The carboxy-terminal portion of each chain defines a constant region primarily responsible for effector function. Human light chains are classified as kappa and lambda light chains. Heavy chains are classified as mu, delta, gamma, alpha, or epsilon, and define the antibody's isotype as IgM, IgD, IgA, and IgE, respectively. Within light and heavy chains, the variable and constant regions are joined by a "J" region of about 12 or more amino acids, with the heavy chain also including a "D" region of about 10 more amino acids.
See generally, Fu~cdamehtal Immunology Ch. 7 (Paul, W., ed., 2nd ed. Raven Press, N.Y.
(1989)) (incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes). The variable regions of each light/heavy chain pair form the antibody binding site. Thus, an intact antibody has two binding sites. Except in bifunctional or bispecific antibodies, the two binding sites are the same. The chains all exhibit the same general structure of relatively conserved framework regions (FR) joined by three hyper variable regions, also called complementarity determining regions or CDRs. The CDRs from the two chains of each pair are aligned by the framework regions, enabling binding to a specific epitope. From N-terminal to C-terminal, both light and heavy chains comprise the domains FRl, CDRl, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3 and FR4.
The assignment of amino acids to each domain is in accordance with the definitions of Rabat Sequences of Proteins of Immu~ological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987 and 1991)), or Chothia & Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987);
Chothia et al.
Nature 342:878-883 (1989). All such domains or fragments or sequences therefrom may be immobilized on polymer brushes by the methods described herein. In one aspect, immobilization of an immunoglobulin to the polymer brushes through the CH2 or domains is preferred. Without being restricted to theory, it is believed such immobilization decreases steric hindrance and increases the surface area available for antigen binding.
A bispecific or bifunctional antibody is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites. These provide for increased functionality of the materials, as two targets can be bound by one immunoglobulin molecule, useful for example, where it is desirable to crosslink two targets, such as in an enzymatic reaction. Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai & Lachmann Clin. Exp.
Immu~ol. 79: 315-321 (1990), I~ostelny et al. J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553 (1992).
Production of bispecific antibodies can be a relatively labor intensive process compared with production of conventional antibodies and yields and degree of purity are generally lower for bispecific antibodies. Bispecific antibodies do not exist in the form of fragments having a single binding site (e.g., Fab, Fab', and Fv) but a bispecific antibody can be immobilized as described, and provides an additional functional property for the polymer brushes, i.e., an additional specificity for a ligand. Multiple isotypes, species, and epitope recognition properties can be imported to the polymer brushes by the methods described herein.
Humanized, or chimeric antibodies are also appropriate immunoglobulins for developing functionalized materials according to the present invention. Such approaches for generating these are further discussed and delineated in U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos.
07/466,008, filed January 12, 1990, 07/610,515, filed November 8, 1990, 07/919,297, filed July 24, 1992, 07/922,649, filed July 30, 1992, filed 08/031,801, filed March 15,1993, 08/112,848, filed August 27, 1993, 08/234,145, filed April 28, 1994, 08/376,279, filed January 20, 1995, 08/430, 938, April 27, 1995, 08/464,584, filed June 5, 1995, 08/464,582, filed June 5, 1995, 08/463,191, filed June 5, 1995, 08/462,837, filed June 5, 1995, 08/486,853, filed June 5, 1995, 08/486,857, filed June 5, 1995, 08/486,859, filed June 5, 1995, 08/462,513, filed June 5, 1995, 08/724,752, filed October 2, 1996, and 081759,620, filed December 3, 1996 and U.S. Patent Nos. 6,162,963, 6,150,584, 6,114,598, 6,075,181, and 5,939,598 and Japanese Patent Nos. 3 068 180 B2, 3 068 506 B2, and 3 068 507 B2.
See also Mendez et al. Nature Genetics 15:146-156 (1997) and Green and Jakobovits J.
Exp. Med. 188:483-495 (1998). See also European Patent No., EP 0 463 151 Bl, grant published June 12, 1996, International Patent Application No., WO 94/02602, published February 3, 1994, International Patent Application No., WO 96/34096, published October 31, 1996, WO 98/24893, published June 11, 1998, WO 00/76310, published December 21, 2000.
The disclosures of each of the above-cited patents, applications, and references are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Humanized, or chimeric antibodies or domains or fragments thereof can be immobilized to the polymer brushes as described.
Liposomes, microsponges and microspheres act as functional microdelivery groups, and may be immobilized to the materials described herein. These are useful for delivery of a compound contained within the microdelivery device to a target cell, where the cell is contacted with the functionalized materials having the liposomes, microsponges and microspheres containing the compound, immobilized thereto. Liposomes are lipid molecules formed into a typically spherically shaped arrangement defining aqueous and membranal inner compartments. Liposomes can be used to encapsulate compounds within the inner compartments, and deliver such compounds to desired sites within a cell. The compounds contained by the liposome may be released by the liposome and incorporated into a cell, as for example, by virtue of the similarity of the liposome to the lipid bilayer that makes up the cell membrane. A variety of suitable liposomes may be used, including those available from NeXstar Pharmaceuticals or Liposome, Inc. Liposomes may be immobilized to the polymer brushes by several methods, for example through interactions with the hydrophobic polymer brushes, or by a functional group, for example, a fatty acid functional group.
Uses include transfection of cell targets introduced to the functionalized materials having immobilized liposomes with nucleic acids contained within the liposomes.
Microsponges are high surface area polymeric spheres having a network of cavities which may contain compounds. The microsponges are typically synthesized by aqueous suspension polymerization using vinyl and acrylic monomers. The monomers may be mono or difunctional, so that the polymerized spheres may be cross-linked, thus providing shape stability. Process conditions and monomer selection can be varied to tailor properties such as pore volume and solvent swellability, and the microsponges may be synthesized in a controlled range of mean diameters, including small diameters of about 2 micrometers or less. A standard bead composition would be a copolymer of styrene and di-vinyl benzene (DVB). The compounds contained by the polymeric microsponges may be gradually released therefrom due to mechanical or thermal stress or sonication. A
variety of suitable microsponges may be used, if functionalized as by the procedures described herein, including those commercially available from Advanced Polymer Systems. Since these are themselves polymers, they can be grafted to the polymer brushes or otherwise immobilized by standard chemical techniques known in the art in view of the teachings described herein. Uses of such functionalized materials having microsponges include introduction of bioactive molecules or compounds contained within the microsponges into cell targets introduced to the functionalized materials.
Bipolar Functionalized Materials The techniques disclosed herein are applicable for the development of materials that have bipolar properties. These bipolar functionalized materials include materials having, for example, charged functional groups on one region or surface and oppositely charged functional groups on another region or surface. Example One describes the preparation and use of a bipolar membrane, but other embodiments are possible, and the morphology of the devices according to the invention is not limited to preparation of a functionalized membrane.
Other materials may be utilized, and selective grafting and immobilization of oppositely charged functional groups and including other functional groups of the present invention can be developed by stepwise grafting and masking techniques.
The bipolar membrane of Example One is substantially planar, having cation-exchange functional groups immobilized on one surface and anion-exchange functional groups immobilized on the opposing surface. The characteristic of this bipolar membrane is that when a voltage is applied, both functional groups at the center phase of the membrane will dissociate water into H+ and OH-. Without being restricted to theory, there are two assumptions that may explain the mechanism of water dissociation. First, the voltage generated in the center phase of the membrane electrically dissociates water into H+ and OH-according to the second Wien effect. Second, the reaction between immobilized charged functional groups with water molecule leads to the dissociation of water into H+ and OH-according to a chemical reaction (see, R. Simons, J. Membr. Sci., 78, 13 (1993) and H.
Strathmann et al., J. Membr. Sci., 125, 123 (1997) each incorporated herein by reference).
Applications for using such a bipolar functionalized material are numerous.
For example, a substrate including graft polymerized brushes with affinity purification functional groups and charged functional groups can be used for high-throughput isolation and subsequent isoelectric separation of polypeptides. In another aspect, a substrate is used for the production of compounds for the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, such as salicylic acid. Other applications include but are not limited to, electrodialysis, recycling of salts from waste treatment, production of acid and alkali from concentrated seawater.
Methods of producing bipolar functionalized materials include pasting, casting and plasma graft polymerization methods (see, Iwamoto et al., Nihon Kagaku Kashi, No.6, 425 (1997) in Japanese, G. S. Trivedi et al., React. Funct. Polym., 28, 243 (I996), Y.
Yokoyama et al., J. Membr. Sci., 43, 165 (1989) each incorporated herein by reference).
Each have their advantages as would be known to one of skill in the art. The present device illustrated at Example One demonstrates electrolytic performance comparable to casted electroseparation devices, but is believed to be easier and more cost effective to manufacture and operate.
Immobilization of Cells and Microbes to the Functionalized Materials The materials of the present invention are capable of interaction with a wide range of biological and chemical targets, including nucleic acids, peptides, organic and inorganic molecules and compounds, enzymes and mufti-subunit polypeptides and the like.
In one aspect, the functionalized materials interact with these targets a and catalyze a reaction. In another aspect, the materials bind the targets. In addition to these small compounds, the functionalized materials are useful for with larger target structures such as polypeptide complexes like mufti-subunit enzymes, organelles, membrane receptors and membranes. In another aspect, the materials and devices of the present invention are capable of interacting with targets including intact cells, for example but not limited to, human and animal cells, bacteria, viruses, and fungi. These targets can, in turn, be immobilized to the polymer brushes for use as subsequent functional groups, thereby providing additional levels of functionality to the materials.
Immobilization of larger structures including multi-subunit polypeptides, organelles, cells and microorganisms can be effectuated by many of the numerous types of functional groups disclosed herein. Charged functional groups, for example, tertiary amino functional groups, can be used as highly effective filters to capture viruses and virus particles from liquids with minimal removal of proteins (see, U. S. Patent Application No.:20010034055 to Lee et al., incorporated herein by reference). Example Two describes the use of quaternary amino functional groups for the immobilization of Staphylococcus aureus bacteria from liquid culture preparations. This bacteria can, in turn, be used to immobilize immunoglobulin molecules through its surface Protein A, or used for other purposes.
Applications for isolation of bacteria from solutions are numerous, and include purification techniques.
Immobilization of a bacterium on a device of the present invention also includes applications in the field of cloning and expression of recombinant genes and polypeptides.
For example, device comprising a membrane capable of immobilizing bacteria and nucleic acids further comprises bipolar functional groups, and can be used for single step electroporation and transformation of the bacteria with the nucleic acids. Another application is the immobilization and transfection of mammalian cells using, for example transfections to create cell lines, hybridomas, and transgenic organisms, where the device comprises polymer brushes having functional groups for the immobilization of cells and nucleic acids, and chemical transfection methods are used to cause uptake of the polynucleotides into the cells.
Many charged molecules on the cellular surfaces axe targets for immobilization via charged functional groups. Acidic sugars including those incorporated into many polysaccharides, glycoproteins and glycolipids are potential targets for anion exchange functional groups, such as but not limited to, N-acetylneuraminic acid (sialic acid) or N-acetylmuramic acid. Sialic acid, for example, is found on many human cells including erythrocytes, and can be targeted for immobilizing the same on the materials of the present invention. Cation exchange functional groups are useful in the isolation of cells or microorganisms having surface polysaccharide amino sugars, such as but not limited to, N-acetylglucosamine, N-acetylgalactosamine, galactosamine, and mannosamine.
Other compounds such as peptidoglycans, glycosaminoglycans (e.g., chondroitin, keratin, and hyaluronic acid among others), and proteoglycans all display negative charges and can serve as targets for anion exchange functional groups, permitting the binding of cells to the materials of the present invention. Further targets for immobilization of bacteria include lipopolysaccharide (LPS), for example O antigens and H antigens a major component of the membrane of gram negative pathogenic bacteria like E. coli and Salmonella typhinaurium.
Other pathogenic bacteria, such as Staphylococcus, Streptomyces, Clostf~idium, Ye~sinia, and Bacillus can be similarly isolated by the materials of the present invention and evaluated for pathogenicity as described.
Immobilization of cells and microbes need not be based solely on the binding of charged targets to charged functional groups on the polymer brushes. For example, polysaccharides have numerous hydroxyl groups which may serve as targets based on their ability to form hydrogen bonds. In addition, lipids and fatty acids are the major components of biological membranes, and can be immobilized by non-polar functional groups, as well as functional groups comprising lipid anchors, e.g., glycophosphoinosital, phosphatidylserine, sphingomyelin, phosphatidylcholine, and phosphatidylethanolamine, and phosphatidylinosital, among others. In addition, specific surface receptors, integral membrane proteins, peripheral proteins, annexins, and ion channels can provide targets for affinity purification functional groups that can immobilize cells. In a preferred aspect, these affinity purification functional groups include immunoglobulins or fragments thereof, capable of specific binding to targets on the cells. For example, hemagglutinin (HA) and neuraminidase on orthomyxovirus or paramyxovirus virions are targets for anti-HA and anti-neuraminidase antibodies, VP1 is a target for immobilization of picornanviruses, and gp120 is a target for the immobilization of HIV virions using an anti-gp120 antibody. Enveloped viruses in particular, are amenable to the targeted separation based on the techniques disclosed herein. In particular, polypeptides in the lipoprotein membrane surrounding poxvirus virions, e.g, variola and vaccinia, provide targets for immobilization of virions by affinity based methods, and are also markers for identification and phenotypic determination.
A comprehensive listing of surface antigens for bacteria, for viruses, and for fungi can be found respectively in e.g., Bergy's Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Field's hirology, and Atlas ~f Cliv~ical Fuhgi G. S. De Hoog, et al, each incorporated by reference in their entirety.
Other surface antigens on mammalian and in particular human cells, are well know in the medical and biotechnology arts (see, Altered Glycosylation in Tumor Cells (UCLA Symposia on Molecular an Cellular Biology, Vol 79) Christopher L. Reading (Editor), Immune Complexes and Human Cancer (Contemporary Topics in Immunobiology, Vol 15) Fernando A. Salinas, Michael G., Jr. Hanna (Editor), Tumor Markers: Biology and Clinical Applications (Cancer Research Monographs, Vol 4) Nasser Javadpour (Editor), and the American Type Culture Collection catalogue found online at http://www.atcc.org/, each incorporated herein by reference. These surface antigens are useful for targets for immobilization according to the present invention, i.e., based on the affinities of antibodies to the surface antigen, or based on weak covalent interactions, or other physical properties. The selection of particular functional groups for immobilization of cells is thus believed to be routine for one of ordinary skill in the art in view of the targets expressed on the particular cell or organism desired, in view of the teachings provided herein. For example, Bacillus anthraces spore biomarkers can be used as targets to isolate the bacillus from a sample mixture. Samples are obtained from water supplies or from clothing, or tissues of organisms.
The sample is introduced to the materials, which have functional groups with affinity for the spore biomarkers, and the isolated organisms are evaluated for pathogenicity, for example, by determination of expression levels of the anthrax toxin components PA
(protective antigen), LF (lethal factor) and EF (edema factor), from isolated organisms, see, Elhanany E., et al., Rapid Commun Mass Spectrom 2001;15(22):2110-6, incorporated by reference, which details isolation of the organism and detection by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOFMS). In this aspect, B. anthraces spores are immobilized to the materials, which further include sinapinic acid or alpha-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid immobilized thereto as the matrix, followed by linear mode analysis of the materials.
Polypeptide or oligosaccharide markers are cellular targets and functional groups having affinity thereto are used to immobilize cells to the materials. In one aspect, the materials are used to isolate stem cells based on the presence of surface antigenic determinants, indicating cells committed to a particular lineage, or differentiated immature cells e.g., hematapoetic stem cells from cord blood or bone marrow having one or more of the markers CD10+, CD19+, CD34, +PAXS, E2A, EBF, ATM, PDGFRA, SIAH1, PIM2, C/EBPB, WNT16, and TCLl, each expressed at intervals during B-cell maturation, see, Muschen et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci LT S A 2002 Jul 23;99(15):10014-9, incorporated by reference. These are useful for the creation of cell lines, for characterizing cellular development, and such other applications requiring isolated cells. In another aspect, the materials have an affinity for a target such as a marker for a disease state.
For example, transcription of CBF 1 responsive genes lead to the overexpression of CD23, a marker of B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia. In this embodiment, the isolated cells are used in subsequent diagnosis or to monitor for therapeutic endpoints in the treatment of a disease characterized by aberrant expression levels of the markers. For example, the cells are immobilized and the presence or absence of the markers is determined and correlated to the presence or absence of a disease state. Many such markers for disease states are known in the medical arts. In a preferred aspect, human cells are immobilized to the materials of the present invention by appropriate functional groups having affinity for such marker taxgets.
Using such isolated cells in routine assays, the phenotypes and genotypes of these isolated cells can be determined and correlated with information about disease states.
The materials of the present invention are inert to a wide variety of reagents and conditions. For example, polypropylene and polyethylene are resistant to acids and alkalis, as well as numerous solvents and denaturants, such as urea, chloroform, formaldehyde and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). Advantages of the present materials include applications where carbohydrate, lipid or protein fractions are extracted from the immobilized cells. In addition, the materials can withstand temperature extremes of heating and in particular, freezing temperatures. Thus, the materials are particularly advantageous where it is desirable to immobilize cells and subsequently freeze them, without necessitating an elution step. For example, E. coli cells are immobilized and treated with media including 10%
DMSO, then stored at -80 degrees C, directly on the materials in the appropriate cryogenic nutrient solution. Without being restricted to theory, it is believed that viability of the immobilized cell is enhanced as the polymer brushes immobilize the cell in multiple dimensions over its surface, thereby without substantially deforming the cellular membranes.
Functionalized Material Libraries Current graft polymerized materials have been produced using a directed process whereby each material is custom-made and evaluated for a specific biotechnology application. Although successful, this process is laborious and time consuming, and thus limited in its ability to produce new products. To accelerate the discovery process, a library of functionalized materials is needed, having varying properties, for example a plurality of polymer brush domains, each provided as small surfaces (e.g., about 1 micrometer2 to about 2 cm2) that vary over a wide range of physical and functional properties in both the (x) and (y) dimensions. (see, FIG. 20). A "library" or "material library" as used herein, refers to a substrate including one or more surfaces having a plurality of functionalized materials presented thereon. A "domain" as used herein, refers.to an independent region of a particular functionalized material. The same functionalized material may be used at more than one domain, thereby providing redundancy in the library. A domain may be in direct proximity to another domain, and may contact it, or the domains may not be in physical contact but may be in fluid communication, or the domains may be isolated. An "address" or "domain address" as used herein, refers to the region or location of a domain within the library, where the location can be described by e.g., Cartesian coordinates or other means of providing a spatial description. Thus, a library comprises a plurality of domains, each having an address.
Similar in concept to the libraries produced by combinatorial chemistry companies for identifying promising drug candidates, the library can be rapidly produced and rapidly screened for optimizing the development of new materials or optimization of existing ones.
Among the parameters to be varied include the chemical composition of base polymers, type of monomers used for forming brushes, brush densities, brash lengths, and type and degree of chemical functionalization of polymer brushes. To illustrate the potential complexity of the library, there are well over 1000 different reactive monomers available off the-shelf that are suitable for forming polymer brush structures using the grafting techniques disclosed herein.
Moreover, these monomers can be used in various blends, and can be functionalized using different immobilization chemistries and functional groups to generate an enormous library of unique materials spanning a wide range of functionalities. Furthermore, the process of producing and screening material libraries according to the present invention is suitable for miniaturization and automation.
These libraries may further be housed in a microfluidic device that will facilitate the rapid screening of the library using high-throughput methods to identify domains of candidate materials that interact with target molecules (FIG. 21 ). For example, a membrane for purification of a therapeutic protein is desired. Candidate materials are first selected based on high-throughput screens of a Library, for domains of functionalized materials that bind this specific target protein. This screen will identify the optimal composition of material (i.e., material, brush composition, brush length/density and functional group density), based upon binding of the target to one or more domains in the library. In addition, this screen will also determine the appropriate environmental conditions (e.g., salt concentration, temperature, cofactor requirements, etc.) needed for the optimal binding and elution of the target protein.
Thus, by performing a high-throughput screen, the library not only identifies a unique material that binds a commercially important protein or biological target, it has also identified the conditions for the optimal use and performance of this material.
To create the library, a plurality of domains of functionalized materials, each varying from the others in terms of its physical or functional properties, is presented or formed on at least one surface of a substrate. One or more of the materials disclosed herein are suitable for use as a substrate, for example, an organic thin film coating on a glass surface provides an appropriate substrate, to which polymer brushes can be grafted and subsequently functionalized. Alternatively, functionalized materials may be prepared and later affixed to the substrate.
The ftmctionalized materials or polymer brushes that are grafted or otherwise affixed to the substrate are presented as independent domains on a surface of the substrate. Through the techniques described herein, brush densities as well as brush length and morphology can be varied. Further, standard masking techniques can be applied, allowing the grafting process to be controlled with respect to selected domains. A material library of the present invention includes at least two domains, and more preferably 10, 50, 100, 1000, or 10,000 domains. In a currently' preferred embodiment, the array comprises about 105 domains. Each domain covers a mean surface area of the substrate less than about 0.25 mma.
Preferably, the area of the substrate surface covered by each of the domains is between about 1 ~,m2 to about 10,000 ~.ma. In a particularly preferred embodiment, each domain covers an area of the substrate surface from about 100 ~.ma to about 2,500 ~,m2. The domains of the array may be of any geometric shape. For instance, the domains may be square, rectangular or circular.
The domains of the array may also be irregularly shaped. The domains are optionally elevated from the median plane of the underlying substrate. The distance separating the domains of the array can vary. Preferably, the domains of the array are separated from neighboring domains by about 1 ~ma to about 5000 ~,ma. Typically, the distance separating the domains is roughly proportional to the diameter or side length of the domains on the array if the domains have dimensions greater than about 10 ~,m2. If the domain size is smaller, then the distance separating the domains will typically be larger than the dimensions of the domain. Each domain has an independent location or domain address, on the substrate. In a currently preferred embodiment, the domains are presented in a two-dimensional matrix format and the address of each domain is described by a set of Cartesian coordinates having the values (x) and (y). Each domain includes one or more functional groups immobilized on the polymer brushes. Functional groups are preferably covalently immobilized on the polymer brushes, either directly or indirectly, at concentrations varying from about 0.001 fg/mma material surface area to about 100 g/mm2 material surface area. The number of different functional groups immobilized at a domain address will vary depending on the application desired. It is possible to create multifunctional domains by using different functional groups, for example, renaturation of a polypeptide and binding to a particular functional group that recognizes the native polypeptide may be accomplished by incorporating into a particular domain, groups capable of hydrolyzing urea in addition to groups that bind the folded polypeptide. Additionally, a series of domain locations with different urease activity levels may be created, and the degree of renaturation required for polypeptide binding may be determined by detecting protein binding at each domain address.
Similar arrangements of functionalized materials can evaluate a target's ability to bind or perform a biological function in terms of in other variables, for example but not limited to over a range of pH values or over a range of salt concentrations, or over a range of concentrations of cofactors such as metal ions, phosphates, or antioxidants, or over a concentration range of antagonists or agonists. For example, an antibody to HIV protein gp120 is used as a universal functional group and can capture the virus, immobilizing it to the polymer brushes at each domain. Two candidate binding site antagonists axe introduced to the library, varying the concentrations at each domain. Fluorescently labeled CD4 is introduced to the library. Quantitation of CD4 binding to the virus with respect to the combinations of receptor antagonists is evaluated by detection of fluoresence at each domain address. This is related to the degree of antagonist activity, which in turn, is a function of the antagonist concentrations, known for each domain address. Therefore, the optimal antagonist concentrations are determined.
Many combinations of functionalized materials are possible to create a material library. For example, in a single material library each of the domains may be a distinct functionalized material in that each may comprise different functional groups, i. e., a material library having 100 domains could comprise 100 different functionalized materials each with a unique functional group. Likewise, a material library of 10,000 different functionalized materials could comprise 10,000 domains, each having three distinct functional groups not used at any other domain address, leading to a library with an overall complexity of 30,000 different functional groups. In contrast, in a single material library each of the domains may be a distinct functionalized material but may share in part, a common functionality with other domains in that each domain may comprise combinations of similar and different functional groups, i.e., a material library having 100 domains could comprise 100 different functionalized materials, each having a unique first functional group, but half of the domains may share a common second functional group and the remaining half may share a common third functional group. In alternative embodiments, a plurality of domains have common functional groups, i. e., a library has three-thousand domains, but only comprises one thousand different functionalized materials, as each different functional group is immobilized at three common domains. In a currently preferred embodiment, a plurality of domains have common functional groups but each of these domains is still a distinct functionalized material as each varies from the others in terms of polymer brush density, brush length and brush morphology.
The type of functionalized materials and number of domains used to create a material library will depend on the library's prospective use. For instance, if the library is to be used as a diagnostic tool in evaluating the status of a tumor or other diseased tissue in a patient, a library may comprise about 10 different functionalized materials, 5 domains having functional groups with specificity for the target marker proteins whose expression is known to be indicative of the disease condition and 5 domains having functional groups with specificity for target marker proteins whose expression is known to exclude the disease condition. However, if the library is to be used to measure a significant portion of the soluble protein content of a cell, then the library preferably comprises at least about 10,000 different functionalized materials. Alternatively, a more limited proteomics study, such as a study of the abundances of various human transcription factors, for instance, might only require a library of about 100 different functional materials.
The material libraries are useful for a wide range of applications, depending on the types of functionalized materials. They are used as capture agents for binding of particular targets, such as polypeptides, polynucleotides, membranes, organelles, microorganisms, viruses, prions or cells, particularly human cells. To accomplish this, functionalized materials are selected having groups that bind nucleic acids, polypeptides, complexes of polypeptides, receptors, receptor ligands, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides, lipids, prions, bacterial cells, viruses, fungi, and cells. The libraries are also useful for evaluating the chemical or physical properties of targets, or for performing reactions involving targets.
Functional materials are selected having groups that are catalytic agents for reactions involving particular targets, for example, restriction digestion of target nucleic acids, proteolytic cleavage of target polypeptides, and other enzymatic reactions involving target lipids or polysaccharides. In one embodiment, the targets are proteins which are all expression products, or fragments thereof, of a cell or population of cells of a single organism. The expression products may be proteins, including peptides, of any size or function. They may be intracellular proteins or extracellular proteins. The expression products may be from a one-celled or multicellular organisms. The organisms may be plants or animals. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the binding partners are human expression products, or fragments thereof. In one embodiment, the targets include randomly chosen subsets of all the proteins, including peptides, which are expressed by a cell or population of cells in a given organism or a subset of all the fragments of those proteins. The targets of some or all of the functional materials on the library need not necessarily be known. For instance, the different functional materials of the library may together bind a wide range of cellular proteins from a single cell type, many of which are of unknown identity and/or function. In another embodiment the targets of the functional materials are related proteins. The different proteins bound by the functional materials may optionally be members of the same protein family. The different targets of the functional materials may be either functionally related or just suspected of being functionally related.
The different proteins bound by the functional materials may also be proteins which share a similarity in structure or sequence or are simply suspected of sharing a similarity in structure or sequence.
Likewise, intact cells may be targets of specific functional materials, for example but not limited to, cells expressing a desired surface antigen may be isolated e.g., CD4+ cells, or cells expressing cancer markers. This can provide for detection of particular phenotypes of cells isolated from patient tissue samples, i.e., evaluation of an immunocompromised patient's T-cell count, or identification of malignant cells in a sample of tumor tissue.
In one aspect, the material library is used in a microfluidics device. The substrate having the library presented thereon is placed in a reaction chamber. The reaction chamber includes a device that houses the substrate and regulates the environment.
Methods for regulating the supply (and removal) of reagents to the reaction chamber, as well as the environment of the reaction chamber (e.g., the temperature, and oxidative environment) are incorporated into the reaction chamber using techniques common in the art.
Examples of this technology are outlined in: I~ricka, Clinical Chem. 44: 2008-2014 (1998); see also U.S.
Patent No. 5,846,727, both incorporated by reference. For example, the substrate is fixed into a reaction chamber and reagents and buffers as well as solutions of targets are pumped into and out-of the reaction chamber through microfluidic ports on either side of the chamber.
In one embodiment, the substrate has etched channels in communication with a plurality of domains, thereby permitting the microfluidic ports to be in fluid communication with the desired functionalized materials on the substrate. Complete exchanges of volume can take place rapidly, i.e., within about 1 second and is mediated by electronically controlled valves and pumps that control the flow of solutions through the microfluidic ports.
Control of the same is effectuated by an operator directed system, preferably an automated system. Robotic introduction of fluids onto microtiter plates, gene and proteomics chips or arrays is commonly performed to speed mixing of reagents and to enhance experimental throughput, and the present invention is compatible with such robotic systems. More recently, microscale devices for lugh throughput mixing and assaying of small fluid volumes have been developed, (for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,046,056 to Parce et al. incorporated by reference).
The microfluidics devices are generally suitable for assays relating to the interaction of biological and chemical species, including enzymes and their substrates, ligands and ligand binders, receptors and ligands, antibodies and antibody ligands, as well as many other assays.
Because the devices provide the ability to mix fluidic reagents and assay mixing results in a single continuous process, and because minute amounts of reagents can be assayed, these microscale devices represent a fundamental advance for laboratory science.
According to the present invention, the substrate is positioned in an integrated microfluidic system including a microfluidic device. The device has at least a first reaction channel and at least a first reagent introduction channel, typically etched, machined, printed, or otherwise manufactured in or on a surface of the device that will contain the substrate having the material library. Optionally, the device can have a second reaction channel and/or reagent introduction channel, a third reaction channel and/or reagent introduction channel or the like, up to and including hundreds or even thousands of reaction and/or reagent introduction channels. The reaction channel and reagent introduction channels are in fluid communication, i.e., fluid can flow between the channels under selected conditions. The device has a material transport system for controllably transporting a material through and among the reagent introduction channel and reaction channel. For example, the material transport system can include electrokinetic, electroosmotic, electrophoretic or other fluid manipulation aspects (micro-pumps and microvalves, fluid switches, fluid gates, etc.) which permit controlled movement and mixing of fluids. The device also has a fluidic interface in fluid communication with the reagent introduction channel. Such fluidic interfaces optionally include capillaries, channels, pins, pipettors, electropipettors, or the like, for moving fluids, and optionally further include microscopic, spectroscopic, fluid separatory or other aspects.
The fluidic interface samples a plurality of reagents or mixtures of reagents from a plurality of sources of reagents or mixtures of reagents and introduces the reagents or mixtures of reagents into the reagent introduction channel. The fluid is thus directed to domains on the substrate, for example by one or more channels in the substrate in communication with one or more domains. Essentially any number of reagents or reagent mixtures can be thus introduced to the substrate by the fluidic interface, depending on the desired application.
Because microfluidic manipulations axe performed in a partially or fully sealed environment, contamination and fluidic evaporation in the systems axe minimized.
A first reagent from the plurality of sources of reagent or mixtures of reagents is selected. A first reagent or mixture of reagents (for example, comprising a target compound and a buffer solution) is introduced into the first reaction channel, and is then introduced to a first domain of the library, whereupon the first reagent or mixture of reagents react with the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes of the material at the first domain.
This reaction can take a variety of different forms depending on the nature of the reagents.
For example, where the reagents bind to one another, such as where the reagents axe an antibody or cell receptor and a ligand, or an amino acid and a binding ligand, the reaction results in a bound component such as a bound ligand. Where the reagents are sequencing reagents, a primer extension product results from the reaction. Where the reagents include enzymes and enzyme targets (substrates), a modified form of the enzyme target typically results. Where two reacting chemical reagents are introduced to the functionalized materials, a third product chemical typically results at the applicable domains. In another aspect, a reaction product from a reaction at one or more domains is analyzed. This analysis can take any of a variety of forms, depending on the application. For example, where the product is a primer extension product, the analysis can take the form of separating reactants by size, detecting the sized reactants and translating the resulting information to give the sequence of a template nucleic acid. Similarly, because microscale fluidic devices of the invention are optionally suitable for heating and cooling a reaction, a PCR reaction utilizing PCR reagents (thermostable polyrnerase, nucleotides, templates, primers, buffers and the like) can be performed and the amplicons detected. Amplified or transcribed nucleic acids obtained from a first domain may be transferred to a second domain for subsequent processing, for example, restriction digestion to determine the presence or absence of a single nucleotide polymorphism, or radiolabeling, or hybridization. Where the reaction results in the formation of a new product, such as an enzyme-substrate product, a chemical species, or an immunological component such as a bound ligand, the product is typically detected by any of a variety of detection techniques, including autoradiography, chemiluminescence microscopy, spectroscopy, or the like.
Based upon the reaction product, a second reagent or mixture of reagents is selected and introduced to the first domain or one or more second domains, as described above. The second reaction product is similarly assessed. For example, where the product is a DNA
sequence, a sequencing primer and/or template for extension of available sequence information is selected. Where the product is a new product such as those above, an appropriate second domain may include components such as an enzyme, ligand, antibody, receptor molecule, chemical, or the like, selected to further test the binding or reactive characteristics of the first or second reaction product. The second reagent or mixture of reagents is introduced to the appropriate domain via the first reaction channel, or optionally the second (or third or fourth . . . or nth) reaction channel in the microfluidic device. The results of the analysis of any reaction product can serve as the basis for the selection and analysis of additional reactants and domains for subsequent introduction to the same or different functionalized materials. For example, a single type of DNA template is optionally sequenced in several serial reactions. Alternatively, completing a first sequencing reaction, as outlined above, serves as the basis for selecting additional templates (e.g., overlapping clones, PCR amplicons, or the like, see, U.S. Patent No.:6,403,338 incorporated herein by reference).
Analysis of Target Interactions with the Library Detection of taxget interactions with functional groups at particular domains within the material library can be accomplished by numerous technologies known and described in the art, including detection of binding or detection of enzymatic or functional activity.
Hybridization of nucleic acid targets to immobilized nucleic acid or polypeptide functional groups, or binding of a polypeptide target to a functional group at one or more domains can be detected using labeled targets, labeled functional groups, reagents introduced to the same having detectable labels, or combinations of these approaches. A detectable label may include but is not limited to a luminescent compound such as fluorescein, a chromophore, a fluorescent compound, a radioactive isotope or group containing same, or a nonisotopic label, such as an enzyme or dye, a catalyst, a polynucleotide coding for a catalyst or a promoter, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase, a chemiluminescer such as luminol, a coenzyme, an enzyme substrate, a radioactive group, a small organic molecule, an amplifiable polynucleotide sequence, a particle such as latex or carbon particle, metal, crystallite, liposome, cell, etc., which may or may not be further labeled with a dye, catalyst or other detectable group, a terbium chelator such as N-(hydroxyethyl) ethylenediaminetriacetic acid that is capable of detection by delayed fluorescence, and the like. The detectable label may be directly linked to a polypeptide or polynucleotide target or indirectly linked, e.g., by its presence on a partner molecule that interacts with or binds to a target, for example an HRP conjugated antibody. Such labeling is well known in the art. In general, any label that is detectable can be used. Detectable labels thus include, for example but not limited to (i) labels that can be detected directly by virtue of generating a signal, (ii) specific binding pair members that may be detected indirectly by subsequent binding of a target to a functional group, where either the functional group or target or both contain one or more detectable labels.
In one aspect, the detectable labels are fluorescent, for example but not limited to, fluorescence resonance energy transfer pairs. These refer to a pair of fluorophores comprising a donor fluorophore and acceptor fluorophore, wherein the donor fluorophore is capable of transferring resonance energy to the acceptor fluorophore. In other words the emission spectrum of the donor fluorophore overlaps the absorption spectrum of the acceptor fluorophore. In preferred fluorescence resonance energy transfer pairs, the absorption spectrum of the donor fluorophore does not substantially overlap the absorption spectrum of the acceptor fluorophore. Suitable visible light fluorophores (excitation maximum of the donor above about 350 nm) include fluorescein, Lucifer Yellow, acridine Qrange, rhodamine and its derivatives, for example tetramethylrhodamine and Texas Red, and fluorescent chelates or cryptates of Europium. A preferred fluorophore is fluorescein.
Suitable energy transfer pairs for detectable labels may be found in, for example, Applications of Fluorescence in hnmunoassays (I. A. Hemmila, Wiley Interscience, 1991 and "Molecular Probes: Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals"--Richard P.
Haughland--Molecular Probes Inc.) or may be devised by a person of ordinary skill in accordance with energy transfer principles (for example as outlined by J. R. Lakowicz, Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Plenum, 1983), each incorporated by reference. When used as detectable labels, fluorophores are generally attached to polypeptides via a side chain of an amino acid in the polypeptide chain, or at the N-terminus or C-terminus.
Convenient reagents for labeling amino groups include donor/acceptors derivatized with isothiocyanates, active esters, such as succinimidyl esters, of carboxylic acids or sulphonyl halides. These are generally reacted at moderately alkaline pH in an excess over the compound to be labeled (target or functional groups or the like). Convenient reagents for labeling at thiol groups include donor/acceptors derivatized with maleimido or haloacetyl groups. Two derivatives of GFP are useful for FRET standards, based on their spectral properties. The mutant BFP11, constructed by Lossau et al. (Chew. Physics. 213: 1-16, 1996) using combinatorial mutagenesis, contains the mutations F64M/Y66H. BFP11 has blue-shifted excitation and emission maxima relative to wild-type GFP. The mutant RSGFP4 (Delagrave et al., Bio/Technology, 13:151-154, 1995), generated by combinatorial mutagenesis, contains the mutations F64M/S65G/Q69L. RSGFP4 has spectral properties similar to the S65T
mutant reported by Heim et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. LJSA 91:12501-12504, 1994). As the acceptor in a FRET pair, both S65T and RSGFP4 are superior to other red-shifted excitation mutants such as RSGFP8 (F64L+S65T), because the latter mutant has significant excitation in the violet.
After introduction of targets to one or more domains and optional washing to remove unreacted or nonspecifically bound targets, the properties of the target following its interaction with specific domains are determined for the whole library or at specified domain address. The detection means will depend on the detectable label used. For example, with radioactively labeled targets, the activity at a domain address is measured through detection of radioactive emissions at that address, and may be further measured against reference standards at other domain addresses to provide quantitative information about target interactions with the materials library. For fluorescent labeled targets, detection at a domain address includes quantitation of color spectra and intensity, determined, for example, using a scanning confocal microscope in photon counting mode. Appropriate scanning devices for confocal microscopy are described by e.g., Trulson et al., U.S. Pat. No.
5,578,832 and Stern et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,734, each incorporated herein by reference.
Further examples of particular labels and their detection can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,178, the relevant disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Many systems may be used to detect labels and evaluate interactions between targets and functional groups at one or more domains, for example but not limited to, by detection of electromagnetic radiation, x-ray or particle emission, or by optical examination. Detection systems that may be employed with the present libraries include those described in U.S. Pat.
No. 5,508,178, the relevant disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. A
currently preferred method of detecting labels and quantitating reactions at domains is based on epifluorescence microscopy using FRET as detailed in U.S. Patent 6,456,734 to Youvan et al., hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, which discloses imaging hardware, software, calibrants, and methods to visualize and quantitate the amount of fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) occurring between donor and acceptor labels.
Such a detection system is applicable to the libraries of the present invention when the donor and acceptor labels are affixed to targets and to functional groups or reagents as described above.
Where colormetric or photon based detectable labels are used, an optical reader or other such imaging device is used to read the library. A suitable optical imaging device provides a means for acquiring spatially co-registered electronic images, thus determining detection values for labels at each domain address. Alternatively, the optical imaging device provides a means for reading an impression of the library, e.g., an autoradiograph or chemiluminescent image of the domains of the library. For example, one optical imaging device includes a microscope and digital camera. The microscope can be a steady-state, wavelength-scanning fluorescence microscope (i.e., not a time-resolved system or not an interferometer-based system). The optical imaging device can also provide for background subtraction, spectral overlap corrections, and transformation of data from three channels set into a color space defined by the primary colors of red, green, and blue.
Labels first detected at domain addresses and rendered as images with such an imaging device may be further processed to produce an enhanced image, for example, an image in which FRET, acceptor, and donor pixels are more clearly differentiated and pseudocolored. An optical imaging device may include a light source, to provide illumination of the library or for excitation of detectable labels, for example, a 75 watt quartz tungsten halogen (QTH) light source can be coupled directly to the fluorescence microscope, although other light sources may be used if desired. The method of the invention is not limited to an epifluorescence microscope.
Macroscopic lens-based systems could be used in place of the microscope's objectives to achieve detection and quantitation over a macroscopic field of view, where the library is large or where the individual domains are easily visualized.
Systems for Evaluating Material Libraries To control the application of targets and reagents to the material library;
and to detect and quantify interactions between the targets and the functionalized materials and relate such interactions to domain addresses, a computer system is utilized. Further, to interpret the information obtained from using the material libraries, and to control and to guide the use and evolution of the libraries, the computer system includes one or more programs in informatics.
In addition to cataloging the composition of, and physical and functional properties of each material used at particular domains in the libraries, the informatics program will track the target detection data obtained from all uses involving a particular material.
This information is used to direct future assays involving related target molecules to or domains of similar function or composition, thus accelerating the discovery process. Moreover, these data sets will also guide new directions for the expansion of the library, i.e., the evolution of materials with specific properties. For example, a high-throughput screen might determine that the optimal binding/elution of a particular polyclonal antibody target occurs with materials containing a narrow range of brush densities or lengths and that this occurs at domains where there are specific blends of monomers that contain certain concentrations of ionic functional groups and immunospecific (antigenic) functional groups. The library thus can be used to indicate the optimal materials for isolating immunoglobulins having specific affinity ranges for the antigen. Lastly, the informatics program is used to develop sophisticated molecular models of the polymer brushes that will simulate brush structure/function by taking into account critical factors such as brush composition, density, length and flexibility. When combined with the data sets obtained from the target screens, these molecular models will help predict binding properties of the polymer brushes, thus speeding the discovery process and guiding continued expansion of new functionalized materials for the library.
In one aspect, the systems of the present invention provides an integrated computer program that compares digital profiles of images of library domains and causes the system to select one or more addresses, and generates instructions that direct a robotic device to isolate reaction products from the domains. In one embodiment, the system directs the robotic device to introduce these reaction products to secondary domains and directs the microfluidic device to introduce reagents to the secondary domains. In yet a further embodiment, the system includes a library information management system that tracks materials used in the libraries and tracks data associated with targets, such as clinical data, operations performed on the targets, and data generated by analysis of the reactions of the targets and materials.
According to the present invention, targets are introduced to a library comprising functionalized materials presented as domains having addresses, as described above. The interactions of targets with functional groups is detected and evaluated by a reading means, such as the optical imaging device described. The reading means thus provides both qualitative and quantitative information about the interaction of targets to functional groups through detection of labels at domain addresses on the library, which is communicated to computer system. The system includes an instruction set having modules for data management, e. g. , a data input means, a data storage means, a data retrieval means, a relational database, and a data output means, as well as an instruction set comprising data analysis algorithms e.g., detection and quantitation of labels. The instruction set may further include control modules, e.g., for control of robotic or microfluidic devices.
Processors appropriate for executing the instruction set of the system include any processors capable of recognizing an instruction set written in an appropriate language, for example but not limited to PowerPC based Apple~ computers, Pentium~ or similar PC type computers, SUN~
or Silicon Graphics~ workstations, or systems running LINUX or UNIX. The instruction set includes a computer readable algorithm for data analysis, which is stored in computer readable media as part of a program written in a suitable computer readable language, for example C, C++, iJNIX, FORTRAN, BASIC, PASCAL, or the like. The program provides the processor with instructions for performing calculations on the input data, as well as other functional elements contained in one or more modules or subroutines (e.g., relational database capabilities, search features, and other user defined functions). The program includes input modules for entering data into the system in computer readable format and a selection module instructing the system to select and read data entered. In one aspect, the system includes an input module. Users of the system enter data into the system in computer readable format, which can be stored in RAM or ROM, or a more permanent storage medium such as a disk or tape drive. The information entered through the input module is thus accessible to the system processor. The system further comprises an output module. The output of the computer system can be represented on a display or monitor, as a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect~ and Microsoft Word~, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. A skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g. text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the expression information of the present invention.
Computer assisted data analysis minimally includes detection of the labels and determination of signal intensity for each domain address, rendered as an image of the domain address, and where the address is further given as a set of two-dimensional Cartesian coordinates. Where multiple detectable labels are used, i.e., for FRET, a set of three such images from each channel (donor, acceptor, and FRET) can then be processed as three spatially coregistered images or treated as a single image in which each pixel has three color space coordinates corresponding to the monochrome wavelengths. In one embodiment, the quantitative method of the invention performs quantitative FRET measurements and analyses. FRET image data is obtained with standard filter sets using a fluorescence microscope and processed as described above. Equations for quantitative FRET
useful in designing specific data analysis algorithms for the program are provided in Gordon, et al., Quantitative Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer Measurements Using Fluorescence Microscopy, Biophysical Journal, Vol. 74, May 199 2702:2713, which is hereby incorporated by reference. In a preferred embodiment, the data analysis further includes information about the materials and the reactions occurring and detected at each domain location, i.e., number and type of functional groups, polymer brush density and morphology, and reaction conditions such as flow rate, target concentrations, salt concentrations, buffer composition, ionic strength, temperature, pH, and time, binding and affinity or catalytic activity. In a more preferred embodiment, the data analysis includes information obtained from or stored within a database, that contains information about the targets, such as their source and method of isolation, and correlation with a disease state.
The invention thus provides a computer-generated digital profile representing the identity and relative abundance of a plurality of target biomolecules detected in view of a plurality of reaction conditions, thereby permitting computer-mediated comparison of profiles from multiple target samples for multiple materials. This automatable technology for screening biological targets and comparing their profiles permits rapid and efficient identification of individual targets whose presence, absence or altered expression is associated with a disease or condition of interest. Such targets are useful in the design and evaluation of their potential as therapeutic agents, as targets for therapeutic intervention, and as markers for diagnosis, prognosis, and evaluating response to treatment.
This technology also permits rapid and efficient identification of sets of targets whose pattern of expression is associated with a disease or condition of interest; such sets of targets provide constellations of markers for diagnosis, prognosis, and evaluating response to treatment.
As those skilled in the art will recognize, the invention described herein can be modified to accommodate and/or comply with any one or more computer based technologies and standards. In addition, variations, modifications, and other implementations of what is described herein can occur to those of ordinary skill in the art without departing from the spirit and the scope of the invention as claimed. Further, virtually any aspect of the embodiments of the invention described herein can be implemented using software, hardware, or in a combination of hardware and software.
Example One--Method and Process for Producing Bipolar Membranes This following example describes a new method for preparing bipolar functionalized materials, in this case, fabricated in the form of a membrane. Using this method, polymer brushes that contain cation-exchange and anion-exchange functional groups are introduced separately on opposing surfaces of a membrane in a single step. Electron-beam treated high density polyethylene film (HHOPE) was used as the material for grafting, and was sandwiched between a monomer solution containing sulfonic acid groups and a monomer solution containing quaternary ammonium salt groups. X-ray microanalysis (XMA), was used to measure the distribution of sulfur and chlorine across the membrane thickness, i. e., the distribution of cation-exchange and anion-exchange groups, respectively. The bipolar membrane was used for electrodialysis to regenerate HCl and NaOH from a NaCI
solution.
This bipolar membrane demonstrates similar electricolytic potential as compared to bipolar membranes prepared by conventional methods.
Preparation of a bipolar membrane ahd its characters In order to determine the conditions to produce a bipolar membrane, ion-exchange membranes were prepared as shown in FIG. 1. A nonporous high density polyethylene film (HDPE) with a thickness of 50 micrometers was used as the polymeric base membrane for grafting. The base membrane was irradiated with electron beams at a total dose of 200 kGy.
As shown in FIG. 2, the electron-beam treated HDPE film was interposed between two identical cylindrical cells having an inner diameter about 4 cm.
Sodium styrene sulfonate (CHa=CHC6H4SO3Na; SSS) and 2-hydroxylethyl methacrylate (CH2=CCH3COOCHaCH20H; HEMA) were co-grafted onto the electron-beam-treated base membrane to form a cation-exchange membrane (see, S. Tsuneda et al., J.
Electrochem. Soc., 142, 3659 (1995) incorporated herein by reference).
Similarly, vinyl benzyl trimethyl ammonium chloride (CH2=CHC6H4CHaN(CH3)3C1; VBTAC) and HEMA
were co-grafted to form an anion-exchange membrane (see, W. Lee et al., J.
Membr. Sci., 81, 295 (1993) incorporated herein by reference). All reaction conditions are listed in Table l, below. The degree of co-grafting (dg) is defined as:
Degree of co-grafting (d~ _ (weight of grafted polymer brushes) l (weight of base membrane) x 100°fo Table 1. Pre aration Conditions for Bi olar Ion-Exchan a Membranes Cation-exchan a Anion-exchange Base olymer HDPE film Total irradiation200 kGy dose Monomer SSS/HEMA VBTAC/HEMA
Solvent Water DMF/MeOH=1/1 vol.
ratio Reaction time 1 ~9 h Reaction tem erature323 I~
The sulfonic acid (-S03H) group density and the quaternary ammonium salt (-N(CH3)3+Cl-) group density of the prepared membrane were determined by methods known in the art for salt-splitting capacity, and the hydroxyl group density was calculated by subtracting the ion-exchange group density from the total functional group density. The sulfur (S) profile of the sulfonic acid group and the chlorine (Cl) profile of the quaternary anunonium salt group across the thickness of the prepared membranes were determined by an electron-probe X-ray microanalysis (WA). In order to measure the electrical resistance of the bipolar membrane, the membrane was sandwiched between two identical cylindrical cells having an effective membrane area of approximately 7 cma with the quaternary ammonium salt group side facing the anode and the sulfonic acid group side facing the cathode. The electrical current was measured across a 0.1 M NaCI solution at 298 K, using an applied voltage of 15 V.
Elect~odialysis usihg a bipolay~ membrane As shown in FIG 3, with the bipolar membrane placed in the center, conventional cation-exchange and anion-exchange membranes (2 membranes each) were placed in between the electrodes in a electrodialysis chamber. The quaternary ammonium salt group side of the bipolar membranes faced the anode. A voltage of 5.1 V was applied.
The operation conditions for the electrodialysis axe summarized in Table 2, below.
The effective membrane area of all membranes was 10 cm2. The NaCI concentration in the salt chambers (2 and 5) was determined by measuring the conductivity. The HCl concentration in the acid chamber (3) and the NaOH concentration in the alkali chamber (4) were measured by titration of acid and base. The concentrations of sodium, chlorine and sulfonic acid ions before and after the electrodialysis were determined by ion chromatography. The electric power unit was determined using the equation:
electric p~wer unit (Whlk~ = j V i dtlw where V, I, t and w are the voltage (V), current (A), time (h) and weight of removed NaCI
(kg), respectively.
Table 2. Measurement Conditions of lysis Electrodia Applied voltage 5.1 V
Duration 5 h Salt chamber 1.0 M NaCI
Acid chamber 1.0 M HCl Alkali chamber 1.0 M NaOH
Electrode chamber0.5 M NaaSO4 Circulation rate 50 mL/h Temperature 298 K
-~-The degrees of co-grafting of SSSIHEMA and VBTAC/HEMA onto the electron-beam-treated HDPE base membranes and their changes in membrane thickness as a function of co-grafting time are shown in FIG. 4. The degree of co-grafting increased with the reaction time. The thickness of the prepared cation-exchange membrane (Na-type) and the anion-exchange membrane (CI-type) increased to a maximum of 1.8-fold and 1.4-fold, respectively. FIG. 5 shows the increase of sulfonic acid group and hydroxyl group densities in the cation-exchange membrane as well as the increase of quaternary ammonium salt group and hydroxyl group densities as a function of degree of co-grafting (dg). At a reaction time of 9 hours, the sulfonic acid group and the quaternary ammonium group densities reached 2.3 and 0.81 mmol/g-product, respectively. By XMA, the profiles of sulfonic acid group (measuring the sulfur) and the quaternary ammonium salt group (measuring the chlorine) across the thickness of both membranes were measured (FIG. 6). The surface area ratio of X-ray intensity distribution was compared to the functional group density ratio from salt-splitting capacity measurement (FIG. 7). Both ratios matched each other to a maximum ratio.
This also means that XMA can be used for quantification. With the increase of the reaction time, i.e., the increase of degree of co-grafting (dg), the brushes that contain sulfonic acid group or quaternary ammonium salt group invaded the membrane from both sides and reached the center.
FIG. 8a shows the increase of the degree of co-grafting and the membrane thickness of the prepared bipolar membrane as a function of reaction time. The functional group density also increased with the increase of dg (FIG. 8b). The sulfonic acid group density was about 2-fold of the quaternary ammonium salt group density within the range of dg from 16%
to 86%. For example, at dg=86%, the sulfonic acid group density and the quaternary ammonium salt group density were 1.0 and 0.57 mmol/g-product, respectively.
The functional group density profiles across the thickness of the dg=16% and dg=86%
membranes were compared (FIG. 9). Both membranes have shown the invasion of sulfonic acid groups from the left and the invasion of quaternary ammonium salt groups from the right of the membrane. At dg=16%, both functional groups did not reach the center of the membrane. However, from an observation by scanning electron microscopy (SEM), results have shown that the poly-HEMA brushes have invaded the center of the membrane.
In contrast, at dg=86%, both functional groups intersected each other forming a neutral area in the center of the bipolar membrane. The voltage-current characteristic of the prepared bipolar membrane is shown in FIG. 10. At dg=16%, no flow of current was observed even with the increase of voltage. This corresponds to the XMA result that showed no intersection of the functional groups.
Regeneration of Acid and Alkali from a Salt Solution The bipolar membranes with dg's of 16% and 86% were used for electrodialysis.
FIG. 11 shows the time course for the concentration changes of NaCI (salt chamber), HCl (acid chamber) and NaOH (alkali chamber). In 5 hours of electrodialysis, M
molar of HCl and M molar of NaOH were regenerated from 1M of NaCI solution. Table 3, below summarizes the mass balance of all ions before and after the electrodialysis of the prepared bipolar membrane (dg=86%). The molar numbers of Na and 5042- agreed with each other before and after the electrodialysis. However, the molar number of Cl- before the electrodialysis did not agree with the one after. Without being restricted to theory, this is believed to be due to the electrode reaction. Calculations using Faraday's law indicate that 3.40 x 10-3 mol of Cl- was needed for the electrode reaction. This value agrees with the shortage of 3.25 x 10-3 mol of Cl' seen before and after electrodialysis.
Table 3. Mass Balance of Ions Before and After Electrodialysis of the Co-f'raftPrl_tvnP Rinnlar Memhrane ldu=R6°/nl Before After electrodialysis electrodialysis (0 (300 min) min) H+ Nab Cl- S04 H+ Na+ S04 OH' ' OH' -Cl-(10-Lmol) (10-mol) Salt 1.000 1.000 0.424 0.424 0.024 chamber Acid 1.000 1.000 1.262 0.016 1.231 chamber Alkali 1.000 1.000 1.220 1.2350.010 chamber Electrode 3.000 1.500 3.320 0.010 1.470 chamber Total 1.000 5.000 1.0002.000 1.5001.262 4.980 1.2351.675 1.494 The voltage and current of electrodialysis as a function of operation time showed that the current decreased from the initial 0.07 A to 0.02 A (FIG. 12). The electrical power unit calculated in FIG. 11 and 12 using the above equation is shown in FIG. 13. The electrical power unit was within the range of 2.22.6 kWh/kg. The electrical power unit obtained by radiation induced graft polymerization (RGIP) was compared to those of previous studies involving pasting or grafting, summarized in Table 4, below, (see, J.
I~assotis et al., J.
Electrochem. Sci., 131, 2810 (1984), S. I~. Adhikary et al., React. Polym., 1, 197 (1983), F.
Alvarez et al., J. Membr. Sci., 123, 61 (1997) and G. S. Trivedi et al., React. Funct.
Polym., 32, 209 (1997), each incorporated herein by reference). The electrical power unit of the prepared bipolar membrane exhibited similar order of unit (1.62.6 kWh/kg) to the membrane prepared by a casting method.
Table 4. Previous Studies of Bipolar Membranes Prep. Functional (V) Salt Acid regen.Alkali Electric method group rate x regen. power density 10-a rate unit (mmol/g- (M/min) x 10-2 (kWh/kg-roduct) S03Na N(CH3)3C1 (M/min)salt grou ou removed) Pasting 3.8 CH3COONa 0.025 0.097 Pasting 50 Na2SOd 0.037 0.071 7.1 Pasting 25 C6H4(OH)COONa4.00 g/1-min Casting1.33 1.00 25 NaZS04 0.440 0.650 2.6 Casting1.56 1.41 20 NaZS04 0.570 1.300 1.6 Casting1.32 1.25 25 CH3COONa 0.930 1.000 1.7 RIGP 1.00 0.57 5.1 NaCl 0.087 0.070 2.22.6 Example Two-Immobilization of Microbes Using Graft Polymerized Materials Preparation of the GMA-1~EA-BC Fiber This example describes the immobilization of microbes, in particular the bacteria Staphylococcus aureus, to a material comprising a polyethylene hollow-fiber membrane. The inner and outer diameters of the membrane were 1.9 and 3.2 mm, respectively, with a porosity of 70°/~ and a pore size of 0.34 micrometers. FIG. 14 shows the preparation scheme.
A vinyl monomer, glycidyl methacrylate (GMA, CHa=CCH3COOCH2CHOCH2) was grafted onto the PE membrane by the electron-beam-induced grafting method. The PE
membrane was irradiated with an electron beam at a total dose of 200 kGy at room temperature. The irradiated membrane was then immersed in a GMA solution (10% vol/vol in methanol) and reacted at 313 K. The amount of GMA grafted onto the backbone membrane was calculated as the degree of GMA grafting, dg, using the equation provided below.
The GMA-grafted membrane was reacted with diethylamine (DEA, HN(C2H5)2), and then quaternized with benzyl chloride (BC, C6HSCH2C1). The resulting strong base anion-exchange membranes are referred to as GMA-DEA-BC (dg/Xt/Xq), where dg, Xt and Xq in parentheses designate degree of grafting, conversions of introduction of the tertiary amino group and subsequent quaternization, respectively. The values of dg, Xt and X9 were calculated from the weight change as follows:
dg =100 ((Wl - Wo) l Wo) ~~~
X~ =100 (((1'~a - Wi) l 73) l ((WI - Wo) l 142)) ~~~
X9 =100 (((W3 - W~) l 127) l (WZ - WI ) l 73)) ~/, where Wo, Wl, W2 and W3 are the weights of the starting film, GMA-grafted, DEA-introduced and quaternized membranes, respectively. The FIG.s 142, 73 and 127 correspond to the molecular weights of GMA, DEA and BC, respectively.
Culture of Microorganisms Staphylococcus aureus strain IFO 12732 was obtained from the Institute for Fermentation, Osaka, Japan, and was used as a model microorganism for microbial-cell-immobilization studies. One loopful of the bacteria was inoculated into 10 mL
of rehydration fluid (polypeptone 1.0%, yeast extract 0.2%, MgS04~7HaO 0.1%, pH 7.0) and cultured at 305 K for 18 to 24 h in a test-tube shaker at 100 strokes/min. After the cells in the cultured cell suspension were collected by centrifugation at 5600xg for 15 min in a refrigerated centrifuge at a temperature below 277 K to arrest cell division and hold the cells in the stationary phase, and then washed twice with 10 mL of distilled, deionized and sterilized water. The cells were then resuspended in fresh sterilized water to a final volume of 10 mL.
The cells were serially diluted in sterilized water to the desired cell concentration (about 105 to about 106 cells/mL) before contact with the prepared grafted membranes.
Microbial Cell Adsorption onto the Grafted Type GMA-DEA-BC Membranes Forty milliliters of the prepared cell suspension was added into a 100 mL
flask. Then, prepared GMA-DEA and GMA-DEA-BC membranes were brought into contact with the cells by shaking the flask at 130 rpm at 298 K. GMA-DEA and GMA-DEA-BC
membranes of 10-cm length (cut into 1-cm sections and subsequently sliced vertically in half) were used.
One-tenth milliliter of the contact suspension was pipetted from the flask at specific time intervals, inoculated into 9.9 mL of sterilized water, and serially diluted with sterilized water.
One-tenth milliliter of the diluted suspension was spread on an agar plate containing growth media. The plate was incubated at 310 K for 18 to 20 h, and the number of viable cells in the contact suspension was calculated from the number of colonies formed on the plate.
The adsorption rate of microbial cells by both the GMA-DEA and GMA-DEA-BC
membranes was examined in terms of the decrease in the number of free viable cells. Values of the adsorption rate constant, taking into consideration of the contact surface area for the microbial-cell-capturing action, were determined from the slopes of the logarithm of viable cell number (CFU/mL; colony forming units per milliliter) versus contact time plots. The adsorption rate constant, k, of the various DEA-EO membranes and DEA beads was defined as:
h(dCldt) _ -kAC
where k can be derived as follows under an initial condition of C = Co at t =
0, and the adsorption rate constant is defined by:
k = - (hlA) (1/t) In (ClCo) ~mlsJ
where V, A, t, C and Co are the volume of viable cell suspension, the contact surface area, the contact time, the viable cell number at contact time t and the initial viable cell number, respectively.
Since the pore size of the membrane is about 0.3 micrometer, S. aureus, which has an average diameter of about 1 micrometer, cannot enter the pores of the membrane. As a result, the contact surface area of the fiber was calculated from the outside surface area only excluding the surface area of the pore. In this experiment excess surface area of membrane was provided (maximum cell coverage of 1 %) in order to calculate k. FIG. 15 shows the conversion of quaternization of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fiber. FIG. 16 shows the X-ray microanalysis (XMA) profiles of chloride ion adsorbed on the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fibers as a function of conversion of BC. The fibers were converted into Cl-form before the performance of XMA. FIG. 17 shows the adsorption experiments for the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fibers against Staphylococcus aureus cells. FIG. 18 shows the relationship between the adsorption rate constant and functional-group-density of the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fiber. FIG. 19 shows the changes of CFU/mL and pH when the grafted-type GMA-DEA-BC fiber was brought contact with Staphylococcus aureus cells a function of contact time.
The materials and methods disclosed above are also applicable for the creation of bacterial and viral libraries where, for example, variant strains are immobilized at different domains. Such libraries are useful for detection and characterization of microbial samples, e.g., identification of a pathological strain. In addition, the libraries can be used in the production of antibiotics, for example, to determine the effectiveness of an antibiotic contacted to the bacteria at particular domains at varying dilutions.
Example Three-Library of Cells Used for Diagnostic Assays Libraries of cells from one or more different tissue sources or types are created.
These are used, for example, to determine the levels of disease markers in a sample tissue, or for toxicological assays such as for detecting targets in the environment.
This example describes the manufacture and use of a human ovarian cell library, for diagnosis of ovarian cancer.
Preparation of the Library A glass slide having a coating of high density polyethylene film (HDPE) of about 0.5 micrometers in thickness was used as the base material for grafting. The substrate was irradiated with electron beams from a cascade-type accelerator in a nitrogen atmosphere at a total dose of 200 kGy. Glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) was grafted onto the HDPE
film by immersion of the substrate in a 10 vol/vol% GMA/1-butanol solution with the grafting reaction temperature at 313 I~, to form polymer brushes. After 10 minutes, the substrate was removed and washed to remove any residual GMA and poly-GMA homopolymers.
Degree of grafting was calculated as described, and determined to be about 200%.
Masking of the substrate prior to grafting permitted the formation of 100 domains of polymer brushes, each having dimensions of 2 mm2, presented in a 5 x 20 matrix pattern.
MUC 1 is expressed on the surface of ovarian cancer cells. Nine different splice variants of MUCl have been described. Obermair, et al., (Int J Cancer 2002 Jul 10;100(2):166-71, incorporated by reference) compares patterns of expression of MUC 1 splice variants of malignant and benign ovarian tumors. In this study, ovarian tissue samples were taken from patients with benign ovarian tumors (n = 34) and from patients who had surgery for primary (n = 47) or recurrent (n = 8) ovarian cancer. RT-PCR for MUC1 splice variants A, B, C, D, X, Y, Z, REP and SEC was performed and their expression compared to clinical and histopathologic parameters. Variants A, D, X, Y and Z were more frequently expressed in malignant than in benign tumors. All primary ovarian cancer cases were positive for variant REP but negative for variant SEC. Expression of MUCl splice variants A, D, N, Y, Z and REP is associated with the presence of malignancy, whereas expression of MUC1/SEC is associated with the absence of malignancy.
Goodheart et al, (Gynecol Oncol 2002 Ju1;86(1):85-90, incorporated by reference) showed that an ovarian cancer p53 mutation is associated with tumor microvessel density, as measured by CD31 staining, and other histopathologic factors. In this study, histopathologic and mutational data were related to CD31 staining utilizing the Mantel correlation statistic.
The microvessel density was scored by averaging counts from three high-power (200x) fields. The mean microvessel density counts based on CD31 staining (vessels/HPF) for each FIGO stage and mutation type are reported as: Stage I (10.2), Stage II (10.7), Stage III (13.8), Stage IV (22.0), wild-type p53 (9.3), missense p53 mutation (14.4), and null p53 mutation (23.1) with a significant correlation between microvessel density count and FIGO stage (P =
0.026), grade (P = 0.04), and p53 mutation type (P = 0.02).
Lindgren et al., (Int J Oncol 2002 Sep;21(3):583-9, incorporated by reference) showed that the pattern of estradiol and progesterone differs in serum and tissues of benign and malignant ovarian tumors. Production of both estradiol and progesterone by ovarian cancers has been demonstrated and can be detected. In this study, ovarian tissue, ovarian tumor cyst fluid, ovarian vein samples and peripheral serum concentrations of estradiol and progesterone in pre- and post-menopausal women, subdivided into groups with normal ovaries, benign, borderline and malignant ovarian tumors, were quantitatively assessed. Both ovarian tissue concentrations of estradiol and progesterone were more than 100-fold higher than in serum.
Lower concentrations of estradiol, but not progesterone, were found in ovarian cancer tissue, ovarian cyst fluid and peripheral serum in patients with FIGO stages 3 and 4 than in stages 1 and 2. Finding a large ovarian tissue to serum difference of both estradiol and progesterone indicates an important role of ovarian tissue concentrations in tumor biology and can influence anti-hormonal therapy in women with ovarian cancer.
Ovarian cells obtained from tissue biopsies are immobilized to each domain at constant cell numbers. Reference tissues are obtained from ATCC, selected as control cells in view of the detectable markers disclosed. The cells from the patient and reference tissues are immobilized to the brushes at each domain by lipid rich functional groups.
Immunoglobulins specific to MUC-1 isoforms A,D, X, Y, Z, REP, and SEC were developed using the methods of Takeuchi et al., (Immunol Methods 2002 Dec 15;270(2):199 , incorporated by reference). Monoclonal preparations of anti-CD31, anti-bcl-2, anti-estradiol, and anti-progesterone immunoglobulins were obtained from commercial sources.
The immunoglobulins are fluorescently labeled and applied to the cells at different domains and over concentrations ranging from about 0.001 mg protein/ml to about 10 mg protein/ml.
Detection of labeled targets at each domain is performed by confocal microscopy.
Anti-estradiol, and anti-progesterone immunoglobulins were each prepared in serial dilutions to concentrations of antibodies ranging from 15 mg/ml to 1.5 ng/ml in 0.025 M
borate buffer (pH about 10). Ten microliters of each of the dilutions were placed on independent domains of the library (each having a mean surface area of about 1 mm2) and reacted with the epoxy groups of the GMA grafted brushes for 24 hours at room temperature, after which the unbound antibodies were removed by washing. Ovarian cells obtained from patient and reference tissues were pulse labeled with 35S and cell lysates were contacted to the domains of the library. The domains were washed, and activity at each domain was assayed by counting the beta emissions at each domain address. The data was interpreted using standard ELISA computer algorithms. The data obtained using both libraries are compared to reference standards and predictive values for these markers known in the medical literature, and a diagnosis is made in view of such information.
Example Four-Library of Randomized Peptides A library is developed as described, having approximately 10,000 domains. The library is manufactured on a substrate adapted for a microfluidic chamber.
Glycine is immobilized to the polymer brushes at each domain, and the unbound glycine removed by washing. The substrate is placed in an automated microfluidic device, and random 6-mer polypeptides are synthesized at each domain, with the peptide sequence at each domain address monitored by the controller computer system. The resultant peptide library is used for screening pulse labeled cell lysates as described. Interactions are detected by counting beta emissions at each domain address. Bound targets at domain addresses are recovered and identified by MALDI-TOF spectroscopy. Data pertaining to the interactions and identification of targets is tracked by a laboratory information management system (LIMS).
EQUIVALENTS
From the foregoing detailed description of the specific embodiments of the invention, it should be apparent that a unique compositions comprising graft polymerized materials having functional groups immobilized thereto in multiple layers, as well as methods of making and using such compositions, has been described. Although particular embodiments have been disclosed herein in detail, this has been done by way of example for purposes of illustration only, and is not intended to be limiting with respect to the scope of the appended claims that follow. In particular, it is contemplated by the inventor that substitutions, alterations, and modifications may be made to the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined by the claims. For instance, the number and kind of functional group combinations, or the use of such compositions in particular devices is believed to be matter of routine for a person of ordinary skill in the art with knowledge of the embodiments described herein.
Claims (80)
1. A device comprising a substrate material having polymer brushes on at least a first and a second surface, wherein the polymer brushes on the first surface further comprise a first set of functional groups having a charge, and the polymer brushes on the second surface further comprise a second set of functional groups having an opposite charge to the first set of functional groups.
2. The device of claim 1, wherein the polymer brushes are formed by radical induced polymerization of the substrate material and the degree of grafting of the polymer brushes is greater than 15%.
3. The device of claim 1, wherein the polymer brushes are formed by radical induced polymerization of the substrate material and the degree of grafting of the polymer brushes is greater than 85%.
4. The device of claim 3, wherein the material is bipolar and is capable of dissociating water into H+ and OH- when a voltage is applied.
5. A device comprising a plurality of functionalized materials, further comprising a. a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains; and b. one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more domains.
6. The device of claim 5, wherein the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are of different morphologies or lengths.
7. The device of claim 5, wherein the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are formed from one or more types of reactive monomers.
8. The device of claim 5, wherein the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains have a degree of grafting from about 10% to about 500%.
9. The device of claim 5, wherein at least one functional group is immobilized at each domain.
10. The device of claim 5, wherein at least two functional groups are immobilized at each domain.
11. The device of claim 5, wherein the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes bind one or more targets.
12. The device of claim 11, wherein the targets are selected from the group consisting of polynucleotide targets, polypeptide targets, polysaccharide targets, lipid targets, cell targets, human cell targets, cancer cell targets, animal cell targets, mammalian cell targets, viral cell targets, fungal cell targets, organelle targets, cellular membrane targets and bacterial cell targets.
13. The device of claim 11, wherein the functional groups comprise immunoglobulins or antigen binding fragments thereof.
14. The device of claim 5, wherein the functional groups catalyze a reaction involving a target.
15. The device of claim 14, wherein the functional groups are enzymes selected from the group consisting of restriction enzymes, nucleic acid modifying enzymes, proteases, kinases, and phosphatases.
16. The device of claim 5, wherein the functional groups are charged.
17. The device of claim 12, wherein the bacterial cells are pathogenic strains.
18. The device of claim 17, wherein the bacterial cells are Staphylococcus cells.
19. The device of claim 5, wherein the functional groups are microdelivery functional groups further comprising a compound.
20. The device of claim 19, wherein the target cell is contacted to microdelivery functional groups at one or more domains, thereby causing the target cell to uptake one or more compounds contained in the microdelivery functional groups.
21. The device of claim 20, wherein the one or more compounds are siRNA or antisense nucleic acids.
22. A device comprising a plurality of functionalized materials, further comprising a. a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon by radiation induced graft polymerization, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains; and b. one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more domains.
23. A method of making a library of functionalized materials comprising the steps of:
a. obtaining a substrate material;
b. forming polymer brushes on the material in a plurality of domains; and c. immobilizing at least one functional group to the polymer brushes at one or more domains.
a. obtaining a substrate material;
b. forming polymer brushes on the material in a plurality of domains; and c. immobilizing at least one functional group to the polymer brushes at one or more domains.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are of different morphologies or lengths.
25. The method of claim 23, wherein the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains are formed from one or more types of reactive monomers.
26. The method of claim 23, wherein the polymer brushes at a plurality of domains have a degree of grafting from about 10% to about 500%.
27. The method of claim 23, wherein the functional groups are enzymes selected from the group consisting of restriction enzymes, nucleic acid modifying enzymes, proteases, kinases, and phosphatases..
28. The method of claim 23, wherein the functional groups have an affinity for a target.
29. The method of claim 23 or claim 28, wherein the functional groups or the targets are immunoglobulins or antigen binding fragments thereof.
30. The method of claim 28, wherein the targets are selected from the group consisting of polynucleotide targets, polypeptide targets, polysaccharide targets, lipid targets, cell targets, human cell targets, cancer cell targets, animal cell targets, mammalian cell targets, viral cell targets, fungal cell targets, organelle targets, cellular membrane targets and bacterial cell targets.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein the bacterial cell target is a pathogenic bacterial strain.
32. The method of claim 23, wherein the functional groups are charged.
33. A method of making a bipolar device comprising the steps of:
a. obtaining a material;
b. forming polymer brushes on the material by graft induced polymerization on at least a first and second surface;
c. immobilizing a first functional group to the polymer brushes on the first surface, wherein the first functional group has a charge, and d. immobilizing a second set of functional groups to the polymer brushes on the second surface, wherein the second functional group has a charge opposite to that of the first functional group.
a. obtaining a material;
b. forming polymer brushes on the material by graft induced polymerization on at least a first and second surface;
c. immobilizing a first functional group to the polymer brushes on the first surface, wherein the first functional group has a charge, and d. immobilizing a second set of functional groups to the polymer brushes on the second surface, wherein the second functional group has a charge opposite to that of the first functional group.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the polymer brushes have a degree of grafting greater than 15%.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein the polymer brushes have a degree of grafting greater than 85%.
36. A method comprising using the bipolar material of claim 1 to produce a compound.
37. The method of claim 36 wherein the compound is salicylic acid.
38. A method comprising using the bipolar material of claim 1 to produce acid or alkali from a salt solution.
39. A method comprising using the bipolar material of claim 1 for an electrodialysis reaction.
40. A method comprising using the device of claim 5 to immobilize a target.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein one or more functional groups has an affinity for the target.
42. The method of claim 40, wherein the functional groups comprise an immunoglobulin or antigen binding fragment thereof.
43. The method of claim 40, wherein the functional groups comprise ion-exchange functional groups.
44. A method comprising using the device of claim 5 to catalyze a reaction involving a target.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein the functional groups are enzymes selected from the group consisting of restriction enzymes, nucleic acid modifying enzymes, proteases, kinases, and phosphatases.
46. A method comprising using the device of claim 5 to introduce a compound to a target.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the functional groups comprise microdelivery groups containing one or more compounds.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein the compound is a nucleic acid, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the nucleic acid to the cell.
49. The method of claim 47, wherein the compound is a polypeptide, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the polypeptide to the cell.
50. The method of claim 47, wherein the compound is a nucleic acid, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the nucleic acid to the cell.
51. The method of claim 47, wherein the compound is a drug, and a cell target is contacted at one or more domains, thereby delivering the drug to the cell.
52. A method of detecting a target comprising the steps of contacting one or more domains of a material library with a solution comprising a target, wherein the target is capable of interacting with functional groups at the domains and wherein a detectable label indicates the interaction, and detecting the label at one or more domains thereby detecting the interaction.
53. The method of claim 52, wherein the interaction between the target and a domain is detected by measuring radioactive emissions at the domain.
54. The method of claim 52, wherein the interaction between the target and a domain is detected by measuring luminescence at the domain.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein an antibody, fragment or derivative thereof is used to detect the interaction.
56. The method of claim 52, wherein the interaction between the target and a domain is detected by measuring fluorescence at the domain.
57. The method of claim 56, wherein the fluorescence measured is generated by fluorescence resonance energy transfer pairs.
58. A system comprising:
a. a processor in communication with one or more memory devices;
b. a material library further comprising a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains; and one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains;
c. a reading device capable of detecting labels at library domain addresses, the reading device in communication with the processor;
d. an instruction set stored in at least one memory device, the instruction set capable of interacting with the processor;
e. a user controlled input device capable of entering information into the memory device; and f. an output device in communication with the processor or memory.
a. a processor in communication with one or more memory devices;
b. a material library further comprising a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains; and one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains;
c. a reading device capable of detecting labels at library domain addresses, the reading device in communication with the processor;
d. an instruction set stored in at least one memory device, the instruction set capable of interacting with the processor;
e. a user controlled input device capable of entering information into the memory device; and f. an output device in communication with the processor or memory.
59. The system of claim 58, wherein the functional groups comprise polypeptide sequences.
60. The system of claim 58, wherein the functional groups comprise polynucleotide sequences.
61. The system of claim 58, wherein the functional groups comprise an immunoglobulin or antigen binding fragment thereof.
62. The system of claim 61, wherein the immunoglobulin concentration varies at each domain from about 0.1 fg/mm2 antibody immobilized per domain surface area to about 100 mg/mm2 antibody immobilized per domain surface area.
63. The system of claim 58, wherein the functional groups comprise human cells.
64. The system of claim 58, wherein the functional groups comprise viral cells.
65. The system of claim 58, wherein the functional groups comprise bacterial cells.
66. A system comprising:
a. a processor in communication with one or more memory devices;
b. a material library further comprising a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains; and one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains;
c. a reading device capable of detecting labels at library domain addresses, the reading device in communication with the processor;
d. an instruction set stored in at least one memory device, the instruction set capable of interacting with the processor;
e. a user controlled input device capable of entering information into the memory device;
f. an output device in communication with the processor or memory; and g. a microfluidic device, wherein the library is contained within a reaction chamber of the microfluidic device.
a. a processor in communication with one or more memory devices;
b. a material library further comprising a substrate material having at least one surface having polymer brushes formed thereon, the polymer brushes presented in a plurality of domains; and one or more functional groups, the functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains;
c. a reading device capable of detecting labels at library domain addresses, the reading device in communication with the processor;
d. an instruction set stored in at least one memory device, the instruction set capable of interacting with the processor;
e. a user controlled input device capable of entering information into the memory device;
f. an output device in communication with the processor or memory; and g. a microfluidic device, wherein the library is contained within a reaction chamber of the microfluidic device.
67. The system of claim 66, wherein the processor is in communication with one or more microfluidic ports on the microfluidic device.
68. A material library comprising a substrate material further comprising a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and a plurality of polypeptide functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains.
69. A material library comprising a substrate material further comprising a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and a plurality of cells immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains.
70. The material library of claim 69, wherein the cells are human cells.
71. The material library of claim 69, wherein the cells are human cancer cells.
72. The material library of claim 69, wherein the cells are virally infected cells.
73. The material library of claim 69, wherein the cells are viral cells.
74. The material library of claim 69, wherein the cells are bacterial cells.
75. The material library of claim 74, wherein the bacterial cells are pathogenic strains.
76. A material library comprising a substrate material further comprising a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and one or more types of immunoglobulin molecules immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains.
77. The material library of claim 76, wherein the immunoglobulin concentration varies at each domain from about 0.1 fg/mm2 antibody immobilized per domain surface area to about 100 mg/mm2 antibody immobilized per domain surface area.
78. A material library comprising a substrate material further comprising a plurality of domains having polymer brushes formed thereon, and polypeptide functional groups immobilized to the polymer brushes at one or more of the domains, the polypeptide functional groups capable of interacting with one or more targets.
79. The material library of claim 78, wherein the polypeptide functional groups comprise random polypeptide sequences.
80. The material library of claim 79, wherein the random polypeptide sequences are at least 6-mer sequences.
Applications Claiming Priority (17)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US33994901P | 2001-12-10 | 2001-12-10 | |
US33995101P | 2001-12-10 | 2001-12-10 | |
US60/339,949(CIP) | 2001-12-10 | ||
US60/339,951(CIP) | 2001-12-10 | ||
US34754202P | 2002-01-11 | 2002-01-11 | |
US34760202P | 2002-01-11 | 2002-01-11 | |
US34754702P | 2002-01-11 | 2002-01-11 | |
US34753502P | 2002-01-11 | 2002-01-11 | |
US60/347,547(CIP) | 2002-01-11 | ||
US60/347,535(CIP) | 2002-01-11 | ||
US60/347,542(CIP) | 2002-01-11 | ||
US60/347,602(CIP) | 2002-01-11 | ||
US10/126,297(CIP) | 2002-04-19 | ||
US10/126,297 US20030068317A1 (en) | 2001-04-20 | 2002-04-19 | High capacity methods for separation, purification, concentration, immobilization and synthesis of compounds and applications based thereupon |
US41165902P | 2002-09-18 | 2002-09-18 | |
US60/411,659(CIP) | 2002-09-18 | ||
PCT/US2002/033942 WO2003049671A2 (en) | 2001-12-10 | 2002-10-23 | Functionalized materials and libraries thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2469301A1 true CA2469301A1 (en) | 2003-06-19 |
Family
ID=27574882
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002469301A Abandoned CA2469301A1 (en) | 2001-12-10 | 2002-10-23 | Functionalized materials and libraries thereof |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1463480A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP4503293B2 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2002360298A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2469301A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2003049671A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050059083A1 (en) * | 2003-09-15 | 2005-03-17 | Becton Dickinson And Company | High throughput method to identify ligands for cell attachment |
JP2005176716A (en) * | 2003-12-19 | 2005-07-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for separating and purifying nucleic acid |
KR101248642B1 (en) * | 2004-06-09 | 2013-03-28 | 페써겐 리무벌 앤드 다이어그너스틱 테크널라지스 인코포레이티드 | Particles embedded in a porous substrate for removing target analyte from a sample |
WO2007055178A1 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-18 | Japan Health Sciences Foundation | Method of cell fractionation and substrate to be used for the method |
US9091006B2 (en) | 2008-06-10 | 2015-07-28 | Pathogen Removal And Diagnostic Technologies, Inc. | Conformal coating of polymer fibers on nonwoven substrates |
CN102428167A (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2012-04-25 | 希乐克公司 | Bioprocessing |
CN104768536B (en) | 2012-09-17 | 2019-03-29 | 格雷斯公司 | It is functionalized microparticle support material and its preparation and application |
ES2868093T3 (en) | 2012-09-17 | 2021-10-21 | Grace W R & Co | Chromatography media and devices |
US9675754B2 (en) * | 2012-10-24 | 2017-06-13 | Nuance Designs, LLC | Autoinjector |
CN103252218B (en) * | 2013-04-26 | 2015-08-05 | 浙江工业大学 | Hybrid overall crystal gel medium and preparation method thereof |
CN105308075B (en) | 2013-05-13 | 2019-08-23 | 国立研究开发法人科学技术振兴机构 | New composite material and the polymer coated material precursor using it |
US11229896B2 (en) | 2014-01-16 | 2022-01-25 | W.R. Grace & Co.—Conn. | Affinity chromatography media and chromatography devices |
US11389783B2 (en) | 2014-05-02 | 2022-07-19 | W.R. Grace & Co.-Conn. | Functionalized support material and methods of making and using functionalized support material |
ES2896897T3 (en) | 2015-06-05 | 2022-02-28 | Grace W R & Co | Clarifying agents for the bioprocessing of adsorbents and methods for producing and using the same |
US20190217285A1 (en) * | 2016-09-09 | 2019-07-18 | Asahi Kasei Medical Co., Ltd. | Strong cation exchange chromatographic matrix and method for using same |
KR101912461B1 (en) * | 2017-04-28 | 2018-10-26 | 한남대학교 산학협력단 | Polymer brush with easy control of length and rigidity |
WO2019004477A1 (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2019-01-03 | Jxtgエネルギー株式会社 | Functional nonwoven fabric |
HUE058780T2 (en) * | 2018-12-20 | 2022-09-28 | Bio Recell Ltd | Membrane for separation of stem cells from biological samples, production process of said membrane, and process and device for separation, comprising said membrane |
Family Cites Families (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5462990A (en) * | 1990-10-15 | 1995-10-31 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Multifunctional organic polymers |
JP3168036B2 (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 2001-05-21 | 三菱レイヨン株式会社 | Large-pore porous polyethylene hollow fiber membrane, method for producing the same, and hydrophilic porous polyethylene hollow fiber membrane |
EP0531999A1 (en) * | 1991-09-11 | 1993-03-17 | Asahi Glass Company Ltd. | Method for producing an acid and/or alkali metal hydroxide |
JP3226306B2 (en) * | 1991-09-11 | 2001-11-05 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Production method of alkali hydroxide |
JPH07124451A (en) * | 1993-11-05 | 1995-05-16 | Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd | Production of polyethylene porous hollow yarn membrane |
JPH0824587A (en) * | 1994-07-18 | 1996-01-30 | Tokuyama Corp | Electrodialysis |
US5645703A (en) * | 1995-12-20 | 1997-07-08 | University Of Chicago | Electrodialysis-based separation process for salt recovery and recycling from waste water |
JP3650696B2 (en) * | 1998-03-11 | 2005-05-25 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Method for producing antibacterial fibers and method for producing antibacterial filter material |
JP3777388B2 (en) * | 1998-09-08 | 2006-05-24 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Antibacterial fiber, antibacterial fabric, antibacterial filter material, and production method thereof |
WO2000043539A2 (en) * | 1999-01-25 | 2000-07-27 | Biochip Technologies Gmbh | Immobilization of molecules on surfaces via polymer brushes |
JP2000290850A (en) * | 1999-04-02 | 2000-10-17 | Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd | Production of hollow fiber membrane |
JP2001157827A (en) * | 1999-09-21 | 2001-06-12 | Asahi Kasei Corp | Polyethylene hollow-fiber porous membrane |
US6861001B2 (en) * | 1999-12-02 | 2005-03-01 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods for removal, purification, and concentration of viruses, and methods of therapy based thereupon |
JP2001190940A (en) * | 2000-01-11 | 2001-07-17 | Asahi Kasei Corp | Method of manufacturing polyethylene hollow fiber porous membrane |
JP4493793B2 (en) * | 2000-01-20 | 2010-06-30 | 旭化成ケミカルズ株式会社 | Polyethylene hollow fiber porous membrane |
JP2005502321A (en) * | 2001-04-20 | 2005-01-27 | イーメンブレン インコーポレーティッド | High volume methods for the separation, purification, concentration, immobilization and synthesis of compounds and applications based on them |
-
2002
- 2002-10-23 JP JP2003550722A patent/JP4503293B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-10-23 CA CA002469301A patent/CA2469301A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-10-23 WO PCT/US2002/033942 patent/WO2003049671A2/en active Application Filing
- 2002-10-23 EP EP02795546A patent/EP1463480A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-10-23 AU AU2002360298A patent/AU2002360298A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2003049671A3 (en) | 2003-12-04 |
WO2003049671A2 (en) | 2003-06-19 |
JP2005511074A (en) | 2005-04-28 |
EP1463480A2 (en) | 2004-10-06 |
AU2002360298A1 (en) | 2003-06-23 |
JP4503293B2 (en) | 2010-07-14 |
EP1463480A4 (en) | 2008-08-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2469301A1 (en) | Functionalized materials and libraries thereof | |
US20060040280A1 (en) | Functionalized materials and methods of using same | |
US20030068317A1 (en) | High capacity methods for separation, purification, concentration, immobilization and synthesis of compounds and applications based thereupon | |
CN1125342C (en) | Highly specific surfaces for biological reactions, method of preparation and utilization | |
US20050112616A1 (en) | Functionalized materials and libraries thereof | |
JP5026070B2 (en) | Polymer particles | |
US20090280997A1 (en) | Microarray system | |
AU2004312739A1 (en) | Use of fluorinated nonionic surfactants for reducing nonspecific binding of molecules to a surface | |
EA013385B1 (en) | Devices and methods for removing target agents from a sample | |
US11020737B2 (en) | ChIP in a tip | |
US20190270985A1 (en) | Monoliths with attached recognition compounds, arrays thereof and uses thereof | |
US20080070274A1 (en) | High capacity, methods for separation, purification, concentration, immobilization and synthesis of compounds and applications based thereupon | |
US20020150951A1 (en) | Whole cell selection utilizing azlactone-functional supports | |
Kroll et al. | Heterogeneous surface modification of hollow fiber membranes for use in micro-reactor systems | |
CN101010334A (en) | Fractionation apparatus | |
CN109959791B (en) | Multiple-action imprinting material for specifically recognizing tumor cells and preparation and application thereof | |
US20030152961A1 (en) | Polyfunctional support material for complex nucleic acid analysis | |
AU2002338420A1 (en) | High capacity methods for separation, purification, concentration, immobilization and synthesis of compounds and applications based thereupon | |
US20080241944A1 (en) | Method of making gel drop protein biochips | |
WO2024038338A1 (en) | Functionalized porous substrates and their use for detecting analytes | |
CN114768774A (en) | Mesoporous molecular sieve doped acetylation molecularly imprinted polymer and construction of microfluidic chip platform |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20071023 |